packages icon



 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



 NAME
      xterm - terminal emulator for X

 SYNOPSIS
      xterm [-toolkitoption ...] [-option ...] [shell]

 DESCRIPTION
      The xterm program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.  It
      provides DEC VT102/VT220 and selected features from higher-level
      terminals such as VT320/VT420/VT520 (VTxxx).  It also provides
      Tektronix 4014 emulation for programs that cannot use the window
      system directly.  If the underlying operating system supports terminal
      resizing capabilities (for example, the SIGWINCH signal in systems
      derived from 4.3BSD), xterm will use the facilities to notify programs
      running in the window whenever it is resized.

      The VTxxx and Tektronix 4014 terminals each have their own window so
      that you can edit text in one and look at graphics in the other at the
      same time.  To maintain the correct aspect ratio (height/width),
      Tektronix graphics will be restricted to the largest box with a 4014's
      aspect ratio that will fit in the window.  This box is located in the
      upper left area of the window.

      Although both windows may be displayed at the same time, one of them
      is considered the "active" window for receiving keyboard input and
      terminal output.  This is the window that contains the text cursor.
      The active window can be chosen through escape sequences, the VT
      Options menu in the VTxxx window, and the Tek Options menu in the 4014
      window.

 EMULATIONS
      Xterm provides usable emulations of related DEC terminals:

      +   VT52 emulation is complete.

      +   VT102 emulation is fairly complete, but does not support
          autorepeat (because that would affect the keyboard used by other X
          clients).

          Double-size characters are displayed properly if your font server
          supports scalable bitmap fonts.

      +   VT220 emulation does not support soft fonts, it is otherwise
          complete.

      +   VT420 emulation (the default) supports controls for manipulating
          rectangles of characters as well as left/right margins.

          Xterm does not support some other features which are not suitable



                                    - 1 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



          for emulation, e.g., two-sessions.

      Terminal database (terminfo (5) or termcap (5)) entries that work with
      xterm include

           an optional platform-specific entry ("__default_termname__"),
           "xterm",
           "vt102",
           "vt100",
           "ansi" and
           "dumb"

      Xterm automatically searches the terminal database in this order for
      these entries and then sets the "TERM" variable (and the "TERMCAP"
      environment variable on a few older systems).  The alternatives after
      "xterm" are very old, from the late 1980s.

      VT100 and VT102 emulations are commonly equated, though they actually
      differ.  The VT102 provided controls for inserting and deleting lines.

      Similarly, "ansi" and "vt100" are often equated.  These are not really
      the same.  For instance, they use different controls for scrolling
      (but xterm supports both).  These features differ in an "ansi"
      terminal description from xterm:

      acsc
              Pseudo-graphics (line-drawing) uses a different mapping.

      xenl
              Xterm wraps text at the right margin using the VT100 "newline
              glitch" behavior.

      Because of the wrapping behavior, you would occasionally have to
      repaint the screen when using a text editor with the "ansi"
      description.

      You may also use descriptions corresponding to the various supported
      emulations such as "vt220" or  "vt420", but should set the terminal
      emulation level with the decTerminalID resource.

      On most systems, xterm will use the terminfo database.  Some older
      systems use termcap.  (The "TERMCAP" environment variable is not set
      if xterm is linked against a terminfo library, since the requisite
      information is not provided by the termcap emulation of terminfo
      libraries).

      Many of the special xterm features may be modified under program
      control through a set of escape sequences different from the standard
      VTxxx escape sequences (see Xterm Control Sequences).



                                    - 2 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      The Tektronix 4014 emulation is also fairly good.  It supports 12-bit
      graphics addressing, scaled to the window size.  Four different font
      sizes and five different lines types are supported.  There is no
      write-through or defocused mode support.  The Tektronix text and
      graphics commands are recorded internally by xterm and may be written
      to a file by sending the COPY escape sequence (or through the Tek
      Options menu; see below).  The name of the file will be

          "COPYyyyy-MM-dd.hh:mm:ss"

      where yyyy, MM, dd, hh, mm and ss are the year, month, day, hour,
      minute and second when the COPY was performed (the file is created in
      the directory xterm is started in, or the home directory for a login
      xterm).

      Not all of the features described in this manual are necessarily
      available in this version of xterm.  Some (e.g., the non-VT220
      extensions) are available only if they were compiled in, though the
      most commonly-used are in the default configuration.

 OTHER FEATURES
      Xterm automatically highlights the text cursor when the pointer enters
      the window (selected) and unhighlights it when the pointer leaves the
      window (unselected).  If the window is the focus window, then the text
      cursor is highlighted no matter where the pointer is.

      In VTxxx mode, there are escape sequences to activate and deactivate
      an alternate screen buffer, which is the same size as the display area
      of the window.  When activated, the current screen is saved and
      replaced with the alternate screen.  Saving of lines scrolled off the
      top of the window is disabled until the normal screen is restored.
      The usual terminal description for xterm allows the visual editor
      vi(1) to switch to the alternate screen for editing and to restore the
      screen on exit.  A popup menu entry makes it simple to switch between
      the normal and alternate screens for cut and paste.

      In either VTxxx or Tektronix mode, there are escape sequences to
      change the name of the windows.  Additionally, in VTxxx mode, xterm
      implements the window-manipulation control sequences from dtterm, such
      as resizing the window, setting its location on the screen.

      Xterm allows character-based applications to receive mouse events
      (currently button-press and release events, and button-motion events)
      as keyboard control sequences.  See Xterm Control Sequences for
      details.

 OPTIONS
      Because xterm uses the X Toolkit library, it accepts the standard
      X Toolkit command line options.  Xterm also accepts many application-



                                    - 3 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      specific options.

      By convention, if an option begins with a "+" instead of a "-", the
      option is restored to its default value.

      Most of the xterm options are actually parsed by the X Toolkit, which
      sets resource values, and overrides corresponding resource-settings in
      your X resource files.  Xterm provides the X Toolkit with a table of
      options.  A few of these are marked, telling the X Toolkit to ignore
      them (-help, -version, -class, -e, and -into).  After the X Toolkit
      has parsed the command-line parameters, it removes those which it
      handles, leaving the specially-marked parameters for xterm to handle.

      These options do not set a resource value, and are handled specially:

      -version
              This causes xterm to print a version number to the standard
              output, and then exit.

      -help   This causes xterm to print out a verbose message describing
              its options, one per line.  The message is written to the
              standard output.  After printing the message, xterm exits.
              Xterm generates this message, sorting it and noting whether a
              "-option" or a "+option" turns the feature on or off, since
              some features historically have been one or the other.  Xterm
              generates a concise help message (multiple options per line)
              when an unknown option is used, e.g.,

                  xterm -z

              If the logic for a particular option such as logging is not
              compiled into xterm, the help text for that option also is not
              displayed by the -help option.

      The -version and -help options are interpreted even if xterm cannot
      open the display, and are useful for testing and configuration
      scripts.  Along with -class, they are checked before other options.
      To do this, xterm has its own (much simpler) argument parser, along
      with a table of the X Toolkit's built-in list of options.

      Relying upon the X Toolkit to parse the options and associated values
      has the advantages of simplicity and good integration with the X
      resource mechanism.  There are a few drawbacks

      +   Xterm cannot tell easily whether a resource value was set by one
          of the external resource- or application-defaults files, whether
          it was set using xrdb(1), or if it was set through the -xrm option
          or via some directly relevant command-line option.  Xterm sees
          only the end-result: a value supplied when creating its widgets.



                                    - 4 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      +   Xterm does not know the order in which particular options and
          items in resource files are evaluated.  Rather, it sees all of the
          values for a given widget at the same time.  In the design of
          these options, some are deemed more important, and can override
          other options.

          The X Toolkit uses patterns (constants and wildcards) to match
          resources.  Once a particular pattern has been used, it will not
          modify it.  To override a given setting, a more-specific pattern
          must be used, e.g., replacing "*" with ".".  Some poorly-designed
          resource files are too specific to allow the command-line options
          to affect the relevant widget values.

      +   In a few cases, the X Toolkit combines its standard options in
          ways which do not work well with xterm.  This happens with the
          color (-fg, -bg) and reverse (-rv) options.  Xterm makes a special
          case of these and adjusts its sense of "reverse" to lessen user
          surprise.

      One parameter (after all options) may be given.  That overrides
      xterm's built-in choice of shell program:

      +   If the parameter is not a relative path, i.e., beginning with "./"
          or "../", xterm looks for the file in the user's PATH.  In either
          case, this check fails if xterm cannot construct an absolute path.

      +   If that check fails (or if no such parameter is given), xterm next
          checks the "SHELL" variable.  If that specifies an executable
          file, xterm will attempt to start that.  However, xterm
          additionally checks if it is a valid shell, and will unset "SHELL"
          if it is not.

      +   If "SHELL" is not set to an executable file, xterm tries to use
          the shell program specified in the user's password file entry.  As
          before, xterm verifies if this is a valid shell.

      +   Finally, if the password file entry does not specify a valid
          shell, xterm uses /bin/sh.

      The -e option cannot be used with this parameter since it uses all
      parameters following the option.

      Xterm validates shell programs by finding their pathname in the text
      file /etc/shells.  It treats the environment variable "SHELL"
      specially because (like "TERM"), xterm both reads and updates the
      variable, and because the program started by xterm is not necessarily
      a shell.

      The other options are used to control the appearance and behavior.



                                    - 5 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      Not all options are necessarily configured into your copy of xterm:

      -132    Normally, the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence that switches
              between 80 and 132 column mode is ignored.  This option causes
              the DECCOLM escape sequence to be recognized, and the xterm
              window will resize appropriately.

      -ah     This option indicates that xterm should always highlight the
              text cursor.  By default, xterm will display a hollow text
              cursor whenever the focus is lost or the pointer leaves the
              window.

      +ah     This option indicates that xterm should do text cursor
              highlighting based on focus.

      -ai     This option disables active icon support if that feature was
              compiled into xterm.  This is equivalent to setting the vt100
              resource activeIcon to "false".

      +ai     This option enables active icon support if that feature was
              compiled into xterm.  This is equivalent to setting the vt100
              resource activeIcon to "true".

      -aw     This option indicates that auto-wraparound should be allowed,
              and is equivalent to setting the vt100 resource autoWrap to
              "true".

              Auto-wraparound allows the cursor to automatically wrap to the
              beginning of the next line when it is at the rightmost
              position of a line and text is output.

      +aw     This option indicates that auto-wraparound should not be
              allowed, and is equivalent to setting the vt100 resource
              autoWrap to "false".

      -b number
              This option specifies the size of the inner border (the
              distance between the outer edge of the characters and the
              window border) in pixels.  That is the vt100 internalBorder
              resource.  The default is "2".

      -barc   This option, corresponding to the cursorBar resource, makes
              the cursor a bar instead of a box.

      +barc   This option, corresponding to the cursorBar resource, makes
              the cursor a box instead of a bar.

      -baudrate number
              Set the line-speed, used to test the behavior of applications



                                    - 6 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              that use the line-speed when optimizing their output to the
              screen.  The default is "38400".

      -bc     Turn on text cursor blinking.  This overrides the cursorBlink
              resource.

      +bc     Turn off text cursor blinking.  This overrides the cursorBlink
              resource.

      -bcf milliseconds
              Set the amount of time text cursor is off when blinking via
              the cursorOffTime resource.

      -bcn milliseconds
              Set the amount of time text cursor is on when blinking via the
              cursorOnTime resource.

      -bdc    Set the vt100 resource colorBDMode to "false", disabling the
              display of characters with bold attribute as color.

      +bdc    Set the vt100 resource colorBDMode to "true", enabling the
              display of characters with bold attribute as color rather than
              bold.

      -cb     Set the vt100 resource cutToBeginningOfLine to "false".

      +cb     Set the vt100 resource cutToBeginningOfLine to "true".

      -cc characterclassrange:value[, ...]
              This sets classes indicated by the given ranges for using in
              selecting by words (see CHARACTER CLASSES and the charClass
              resource).

      -cjk_width
              Set the cjkWidth resource to "true".  When turned on,
              characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR 11
              have a column width of 2.  Otherwise, they have a column width
              of 1.  This may be useful for some legacy CJK text terminal-
              based programs assuming box drawings and others to have a
              column width of 2.  It also should be turned on when you
              specify a TrueType CJK double-width (bi-width/monospace) font
              either with -fa at the command line or faceName resource.  The
              default is "false"

      +cjk_width
              Reset the cjkWidth resource.

      -class string
              This option allows you to override xterm's resource class.



                                    - 7 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Normally it is "__default_class__", but can be set to another
              class such as "U__default_class__" to override selected
              resources.

              X Toolkit sets the WM_CLASS property using the instance name
              and this class value.

      -cm     This option disables recognition of ANSI color-change escape
              sequences.  It sets the colorMode resource to "false".

      +cm     This option enables recognition of ANSI color-change escape
              sequences.  This is the same as the vt100 resource colorMode.

      -cn     This option indicates that newlines should not be cut in
              line-mode selections.  It sets the cutNewline resource to
              "false".

      +cn     This option indicates that newlines should be cut in line-mode
              selections.  It sets the cutNewline resource to "true".

      -cr color
              This option specifies the color to use for text cursor.  The
              default is to use the same foreground color that is used for
              text.  It sets the cursorColor resource according to the
              parameter.

      -cu     This option indicates that xterm should work around a bug in
              the more(1) program that causes it to incorrectly display
              lines that are exactly the width of the window and are
              followed by a line beginning with a tab (the leading tabs are
              not displayed).  This option is so named because it was
              originally thought to be a bug in the curses(3x) cursor motion
              package.

      +cu     This option indicates that xterm should not work around the
              more(1) bug mentioned above.

      -dc     This option disables the escape sequence to change dynamic
              colors: the vt100 foreground and background colors, its text
              cursor color, the pointer cursor foreground and background
              colors, the Tektronix emulator foreground and background
              colors, its text cursor color and highlight color.  The option
              sets the dynamicColors option to "false".

      +dc     This option enables the escape sequence to change dynamic
              colors.  The option sets the dynamicColors option to "true".

      -e program [ arguments ... ]
              This option specifies the program (and its command line



                                    - 8 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              arguments) to be run in the xterm window.  It also sets the
              window title and icon name to be the basename of the program
              being executed if neither -T nor -n are given on the command
              line.

              NOTE: This must be the last option on the command line.

      -en encoding
              This option determines the encoding on which xterm runs.  It
              sets the locale resource.  Encodings other than UTF-8 are
              supported by using luit.  The -lc option should be used
              instead of -en for systems with locale support.

      -fa pattern
              This option sets the pattern for fonts selected from the
              FreeType library if support for that library was compiled into
              xterm.  This corresponds to the faceName resource.  When a CJK
              double-width font is specified, you also need to turn on the
              cjkWidth resource.

              If you specify both -fa and the X Toolkit option -fn, the -fa
              setting overrides the latter.

              See also the renderFont resource, which combines with this to
              determine whether FreeType fonts are initially active.

      -fb font
              This option specifies a font to be used when displaying bold
              text.  It sets the boldFont resource.

              This font must be the same height and width as the normal
              font, otherwise it is ignored.  If only one of the normal or
              bold fonts is specified, it will be used as the normal font
              and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.

              See also the discussion of boldMode and alwaysBoldMode
              resources.

      -fbb    This option indicates that xterm should compare normal and
              bold fonts bounding boxes to ensure they are compatible.  It
              sets the freeBoldBox resource to "false".

      +fbb    This option indicates that xterm should not compare normal and
              bold fonts bounding boxes to ensure they are compatible.  It
              sets the freeBoldBox resource to "true".

      -fbx    This option indicates that xterm should not assume that the
              normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.  If
              any are missing, xterm will draw the characters directly.  It



                                    - 9 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              sets the forceBoxChars resource to "false".

      +fbx    This option indicates that xterm should assume that the normal
              and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.  It sets
              the forceBoxChars resource to "true".

      -fc fontchoice
              Specify the initial font chosen from the font menu.  The
              option value corresponds to the initialFont resource.

      -fd pattern
              This option sets the pattern for double-width fonts selected
              from the FreeType library if support for that library was
              compiled into xterm.  This corresponds to the
              faceNameDoublesize resource.

      -fi font
              This option sets the font for active icons if that feature was
              compiled into xterm.

              See also the discussion of the iconFont resource.

      -fs size
              This option sets the pointsize for fonts selected from the
              FreeType library if support for that library was compiled into
              xterm.  This corresponds to the faceSize resource.

      -fullscreen
              This option indicates that xterm should ask the window manager
              to let it use the full-screen for display, e.g., without
              window decorations.  It sets the fullscreen resource to
              "true".

      +fullscreen
              This option indicates that xterm should not ask the window
              manager to let it use the full-screen for display.  It sets
              the fullscreen resource to "false".

      -fw font
              This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide
              text.  By default, it will attempt to use a font twice as wide
              as the font that will be used to draw normal text.  If no
              double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
              the normal font.  This corresponds to the wideFont resource.

      -fwb font
              This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold
              wide text.  By default, it will attempt to use a font twice as
              wide as the font that will be used to draw bold text.  If no



                                   - 10 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
              the bold font.  This corresponds to the wideBoldFont resource.

      -fx font
              This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the
              preedit string in the "OverTheSpot" input method.

              See also the discussion of the ximFont resource.

      -hc color
              (see -selbg).

      -hf     This option indicates that HP function key escape codes should
              be generated for function keys.  It sets the hpFunctionKeys
              resource to "true".

      +hf     This option indicates that HP function key escape codes should
              not be generated for function keys.  It sets the
              hpFunctionKeys resource to "false".

      -hm     Tells xterm to use highlightTextColor and highlightColor to
              override the reversed foreground/background colors in a
              selection.  It sets the highlightColorMode resource to "true".

      +hm     Tells xterm not to use highlightTextColor and highlightColor
              to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a
              selection.  It sets the highlightColorMode resource to
              "false".

      -hold   Turn on the hold resource, i.e., xterm will not immediately
              destroy its window when the shell command completes.  It will
              wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the
              window, or if you use the menu entries that send a signal,
              e.g., HUP or KILL.

      +hold   Turn off the hold resource, i.e., xterm will immediately
              destroy its window when the shell command completes.

      -ie     Turn on the ptyInitialErase resource, i.e., use the pseudo-
              terminal's sense of the stty(1) erase value.

      +ie     Turn off the ptyInitialErase resource, i.e., set the stty
              erase value using the kb string from the termcap entry as a
              reference, if available.

      -im     Turn on the useInsertMode resource, which forces use of insert
              mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP environment
              variable.  (This option is ignored on most systems, because
              TERMCAP is not used).



                                   - 11 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      +im     Turn off the useInsertMode resource.

      -into windowId
              Given an X window identifier (an integer, which can be
              hexadecimal, octal or decimal according to whether it begins
              with "0x", "0" or neither), xterm will reparent its top-level
              shell widget to that window.  This is used to embed xterm
              within other applications.

              For instance, there are scripts for Tcl/Tk and Gtk which can
              be used to demonstrate the feature.  When using Gtk, there is
              a limitation of that toolkit which requires that xterm's
              allowSendEvents resource is enabled.

      -itc    Set the vt100 resource colorITMode to "false", disabling the
              display of characters with italic attribute as color.

      +itc    Set the vt100 resource colorITMode to "true", enabling the
              display of characters with italic attribute as color rather
              than italic.

      -j      This option indicates that xterm should do jump scrolling.  It
              corresponds to the jumpScroll resource.  Normally, text is
              scrolled one line at a time; this option allows xterm to move
              multiple lines at a time so that it does not fall as far
              behind.  Its use is strongly recommended since it makes xterm
              much faster when scanning through large amounts of text.  The
              VT100 escape sequences for enabling and disabling smooth
              scroll as well as the VT Options menu can be used to turn this
              feature on or off.

      +j      This option indicates that xterm should not do jump scrolling.

      -jf     When doing jump-scrolling or related indexing, e.g., carriage
              returns, xterm will defer flushing screen-updates, to improve
              speed.  This corresponds to the fastScroll resource.

      +jf     When doing jump-scrolling or related indexing, e.g., carriage
              returns, xterm will not defer flushing screen-updates, to
              improve speed.  This corresponds to the fastScroll resource.

      -k8     This option sets the allowC1Printable resource.  When
              allowC1Printable is set, xterm overrides the mapping of C1
              control characters (code 128159) to treat them as printable.

      +k8     This option resets the allowC1Printable resource.

      -kt keyboardtype
              This option sets the keyboardType resource.  Possible values



                                   - 12 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              include: "unknown", "default", "legacy", "hp", "sco", "sun",
              "tcap" and "vt220".

              The value "unknown", causes the corresponding resource to be
              ignored.

              The value "default", suppresses the associated resources

              hpFunctionKeys,
              scoFunctionKeys,
              sunFunctionKeys,
              tcapFunctionKeys,
              oldXtermFKeys and
              sunKeyboard,

              using the Sun/PC keyboard layout.

      -l      Turn logging on, unless disabled by the logInhibit resource.

              Some versions of xterm may have logging enabled.  However,
              normally logging is not supported, due to security concerns in
              the early 1990s.  That was a problem in X11R4 xterm (1989)
              which was addressed by a patch to X11R5 late in 1993.  X11R6
              included these fixes.  The older version (when running with
              root privilege) would create the log file using root
              privilege.  The reason why xterm ran with root privileges was
              to open pseudo-terminals.  Those privileges are now needed
              only on very old systems: Unix98 pseudo-terminals made the BSD
              scheme unnecessary.

              Unless overridden by the -lf option or the logFile resource:

              +   If the filename is "-", then logging is sent to the
                  standard output.

              +   Otherwise a filename is generated, and the log file is
                  written to the directory from which xterm is invoked.

              +   The generated filename is of the form

                      XtermLog.XXXXXX

                  or

                      Xterm.log.hostname.yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss.XXXXXX

                  depending on how xterm was built.

      +l      Turn logging off.



                                   - 13 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      -lc     Turn on support of various encodings according to the users'
              locale setting, i.e., LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG environment
              variables.  This is achieved by turning on UTF-8 mode and by
              invoking luit for conversion between locale encodings and
              UTF-8.  (luit is not invoked in UTF-8 locales.) This
              corresponds to the locale resource.

              The actual list of encodings which are supported is determined
              by luit.  Consult the luit manual page for further details.

              See also the discussion of the -u8 option which supports UTF-8
              locales.

      +lc     Turn off support of automatic selection of locale encodings.
              Conventional 8bit mode or, in UTF-8 locales or with -u8
              option, UTF-8 mode will be used.

      -lcc path
              File name for the encoding converter from/to locale encodings
              and UTF-8 which is used with -lc option or locale resource.
              This corresponds to the localeFilter resource.

      -leftbar
              Force scrollbar to the left side of VT100 screen.  This is the
              default, unless you have set the rightScrollBar resource.

      -lf filename
              Specify the log filename.  This sets the logFile resource.  If
              set to "-", xterm writes its log to the standard output.  See
              the -l option.

      -ls     This option indicates that the shell that is started in the
              xterm window will be a login shell (i.e., the first character
              of argv[0] will be a dash, indicating to the shell that it
              should read the user's .login or .profile).

              The -ls flag and the loginShell resource are ignored if -e is
              also given, because xterm does not know how to make the shell
              start the given command after whatever it does when it is a
              login shell - the user's shell of choice need not be a Bourne
              shell after all.  Also, xterm -e is supposed to provide a
              consistent functionality for other applications that need to
              start text-mode programs in a window, and if loginShell were
              not ignored, the result of ~/.profile might interfere with
              that.

              If you do want the effect of -ls and -e simultaneously, you
              may get away with something like




                                   - 14 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                  xterm -e /bin/bash -l -c "my command here"

              Finally, -ls is not completely ignored, because xterm -ls -e
              does write a __wtmp_name__ entry (if configured to do so),
              whereas xterm -e does not.

      +ls     This option indicates that the shell that is started should
              not be a login shell (i.e., it will be a normal "subshell").

      -maximized
              This option indicates that xterm should ask the window manager
              to maximize its layout on startup.  This corresponds to the
              maximized resource.

              Maximizing is not the reverse of iconifying; it is possible to
              do both with certain window managers.

      +maximized
              This option indicates that xterm should ask the window manager
              to not maximize its layout on startup.

      -mb     This option indicates that xterm should ring a margin bell
              when the user types near the right end of a line.

      +mb     This option indicates that margin bell should not be rung.

      -mc milliseconds
              This option specifies the maximum time between multi-click
              selections.

      -mesg   Turn off the messages resource, i.e., disallow write access to
              the terminal.

      +mesg   Turn on the messages resource, i.e., allow write access to the
              terminal.

      -mk_width
              Set the mkWidth resource to "true".  This makes xterm use a
              built-in version of the wide-character width calculation.  The
              default is "false"

      +mk_width
              Reset the mkWidth resource.

      -ms color
              This option specifies the color to be used for the pointer
              cursor.  The default is to use the foreground color.  This
              sets the pointerColor resource.




                                   - 15 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      -nb number
              This option specifies the number of characters from the right
              end of a line at which the margin bell, if enabled, will ring.
              The default is "10".

      -nomap  This option disables the initial mapping of the terminal
              window.  Mapping an X window makes it visible if it is
              managed.  The default is "false" because xterm's window is
              normally displayed on startup.

              After startup, an unmapped xterm window can be mapped by
              identifying its window-id, e.g., using xwininfo(1) or
              xlsclients(1), and then employing another program such as
              xdotool(1) to ask the window manager to make it visible.

              If the xterm window is visible (i.e., mapped), xterm's menus
              and actions (i.e., set-visibility) allow one to select whether
              the VT100 or Tek4014 windows should be displayed.

      +nomap  This option enables the initial mapping of the terminal
              window.  This is the default behavior.

      -nul    This option disables the display of underlining.

      +nul    This option enables the display of underlining.

      -pc     This option enables the PC-style use of bold colors (see
              boldColors resource).

      +pc     This option disables the PC-style use of bold colors.

      -pf font
              This option specifies the font to be used for the pointer.
              The corresponding resource name is pointerFont.  The resource
              value default is cursor.

      -pob    This option indicates that the window should be raised
              whenever a Control-G is received.

      +pob    This option indicates that the window should not be raised
              whenever a Control-G is received.

      -report-charclass
              Print a report to the standard output showing information
              about the character-classes which can be altered using the
              charClass resource.

      -report-colors
              Print a report to the standard output showing information



                                   - 16 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              about colors as xterm allocates them.  This corresponds to the
              reportColors resource.

      -report-fonts
              Print a report to the standard output showing information
              about fonts which are loaded.  This corresponds to the
              reportFonts resource.

      -report-icons
              Print a report to the standard output showing information
              about pixmap-icons which are loaded.  This corresponds to the
              reportIcons resource.

      -report-xres
              Print a report to the standard output showing the values of
              boolean, numeric or string X resources for the VT100 widget
              when initialization is complete.  This corresponds to the
              reportXRes resource.

      -rightbar
              Force scrollbar to the right side of VT100 screen.

      -rvc    This option disables the display of characters with reverse
              attribute as color.

      +rvc    This option enables the display of characters with reverse
              attribute as color.

      -rw     This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should be
              allowed.  This allows the cursor to back up from the leftmost
              column of one line to the rightmost column of the previous
              line.  This is very useful for editing long shell command
              lines and is encouraged.  This option can be turned on and off
              from the VT Options menu.

      +rw     This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should not be
              allowed.

      -s      This option indicates that xterm may scroll asynchronously,
              meaning that the screen does not have to be kept completely up
              to date while scrolling.  This allows xterm to run faster when
              network latencies are very high and is typically useful when
              running across a very large internet or many gateways.

      +s      This option indicates that xterm should scroll synchronously.

      -samename
              Does not send title and icon name change requests when the
              request would have no effect: the name is not changed.  This



                                   - 17 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              has the advantage of preventing flicker and the disadvantage
              of requiring an extra round trip to the server to find out the
              previous value.  In practice this should never be a problem.

      +samename
              Always send title and icon name change requests.

      -sb     This option indicates that some number of lines that are
              scrolled off the top of the window should be saved and that a
              scrollbar should be displayed so that those lines can be
              viewed.  This option may be turned on and off from the VT
              Options menu.

      +sb     This option indicates that a scrollbar should not be
              displayed.

      -selbg color
              This option specifies the color to use for the background of
              selected text.  If not specified, reverse video is used.  See
              the discussion of the highlightColor resource.

      -selfg color
              This option specifies the color to use for selected text.  If
              not specified, reverse video is used.  See the discussion of
              the highlightTextColor resource.

      -sf     This option indicates that Sun function key escape codes
              should be generated for function keys.

      +sf     This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be
              generated for function keys.

      -sh number
              scale line-height values by the given number.  See the
              discussion of the scaleHeight resource.

      -si     This option indicates that output to a window should not
              automatically reposition the screen to the bottom of the
              scrolling region.  This option can be turned on and off from
              the VT Options menu.

      +si     This option indicates that output to a window should cause it
              to scroll to the bottom.

      -sk     This option indicates that pressing a key while using the
              scrollbar to review previous lines of text should cause the
              window to be repositioned automatically in the normal position
              at the bottom of the scroll region.




                                   - 18 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      +sk     This option indicates that pressing a key while using the
              scrollbar should not cause the window to be repositioned.

      -sl number
              This option specifies the number of lines to save that have
              been scrolled off the top of the screen.  This corresponds to
              the saveLines resource.  The default is "1024".

      -sm     This option, corresponding to the sessionMgt resource,
              indicates that xterm should set up session manager callbacks.

      +sm     This option indicates that xterm should not set up session
              manager callbacks.

      -sp     This option indicates that Sun/PC keyboard should be assumed,
              providing mapping for keypad "+" to ",", and CTRL-F1 to F13,
              CTRL-F2 to F14, etc.

      +sp     This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be
              generated for keypad and function keys.

      -t      This option indicates that xterm should start in Tektronix
              mode, rather than in VTxxx mode.  Switching between the two
              windows is done using the "Options" menus.

              Terminal database (terminfo (5) or termcap (5)) entries that
              work with xterm are:

              "tek4014",
              "tek4015",
              "tek4012",
              "tek4013",
              "tek4010", and
              "dumb".

              Xterm automatically searches the terminal database in this
              order for these entries and then sets the "TERM" variable (and
              the "TERMCAP" environment variable, if relevant).

      +t      This option indicates that xterm should start in VTxxx mode.

      -tb     This option, corresponding to the toolBar resource, indicates
              that xterm should display a toolbar (or menubar) at the top of
              its window.  The buttons in the toolbar correspond to the
              popup menus, e.g., control/left/mouse for Main Options.

      +tb     This option indicates that xterm should not set up a toolbar.

      -ti term_id



                                   - 19 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Specify the name used by xterm to select the correct response
              to terminal ID queries.  It also specifies the emulation
              level, used to determine the type of response to a DA control
              sequence.  Valid values include vt52, vt100, vt101, vt102,
              vt220, and vt240 (the "vt" is optional).  The default is
              "vt__default_termid__".  The term_id argument specifies the
              terminal ID to use.  (This is the same as the decTerminalID
              resource).

      -tm string
              This option specifies a series of terminal setting keywords
              followed by the characters that should be bound to those
              functions, similar to the stty(1) program.  The keywords and
              their values are described in detail in the ttyModes resource.

      -tn name
              This option specifies the name of the terminal type to be set
              in the TERM environment variable.  It corresponds to the
              termName resource.  This terminal type must exist in the
              terminal database (termcap or terminfo, depending on how xterm
              is built) and should have li# and co# entries.  If the
              terminal type is not found, xterm uses the built-in list
              "xterm", "vt102", etc.

      -u8     This option sets the utf8 resource.  When utf8 is set, xterm
              interprets incoming data as UTF-8.  This sets the wideChars
              resource as a side-effect, but the UTF-8 mode set by this
              option prevents it from being turned off.  If you must turn
              UTF-8 encoding on and off, use the -wc option or the
              corresponding wideChars resource, rather than the -u8 option.

              This option and the utf8 resource are overridden by the -lc
              and -en options and locale resource.  That is, if xterm has
              been compiled to support luit, and the locale resource is not
              "false" this option is ignored.  We recommend using the -lc
              option or the "locale: true" resource in UTF-8 locales when
              your operating system supports locale, or -en UTF-8 option or
              the "locale: UTF-8" resource when your operating system does
              not support locale.

      +u8     This option resets the utf8 resource.

      -uc     This option, corresponding to the cursorUnderLine resource,
              makes the cursor underlined instead of a box.

      +uc     This option m, corresponding to the cursorUnderLine resource,
              makes the cursor a box instead of underlined.

      -ulc    This option disables the display of characters with underline



                                   - 20 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              attribute as color rather than with underlining.

      +ulc    This option enables the display of characters with underline
              attribute as color rather than with underlining.

      -ulit   This option, corresponding to the italicULMode resource,
              disables the display of characters with underline attribute as
              italics rather than with underlining.

      +ulit   This option, corresponding to the italicULMode resource,
              enables the display of characters with underline attribute as
              italics rather than with underlining.

      -ut     This option indicates that xterm should not write a record
              into the system __utmp_name__ log file.

      +ut     This option indicates that xterm should write a record into
              the system __utmp_name__ log file.

      -vb     This option indicates that a visual bell is preferred over an
              audible one.  Instead of ringing the terminal bell whenever a
              Control-G is received, the window will be flashed.

      +vb     This option indicates that a visual bell should not be used.

      -wc     This option sets the wideChars resource.

              When wideChars is set, xterm maintains internal structures for
              16-bit characters.  If xterm is not started in UTF-8 mode (or
              if this resource is not set), initially it maintains those
              structures to support 8-bit characters.  Xterm can later be
              switched, using a menu entry or control sequence, causing it
              to reallocate those structures to support 16-bit characters.

              The default is "false".

      +wc     This option resets the wideChars resource.

      -wf     This option indicates that xterm should wait for the window to
              be mapped the first time before starting the subprocess so
              that the initial terminal size settings and environment
              variables are correct.  It is the application's responsibility
              to catch subsequent terminal size changes.

      +wf     This option indicates that xterm should not wait before
              starting the subprocess.

      -ziconbeep percent
              Same as zIconBeep resource.  If percent is non-zero, xterms



                                   - 21 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              that produce output while iconified will cause an XBell sound
              at the given volume and have "***" prepended to their icon
              titles.  Most window managers will detect this change
              immediately, showing you which window has the output.  (A
              similar feature was in x10 xterm.)

      -C      This option indicates that this window should receive console
              output.  This is not supported on all systems.  To obtain
              console output, you must be the owner of the console device,
              and you must have read and write permission for it.  If you
              are running X under xdm on the console screen you may need to
              have the session startup and reset programs explicitly change
              the ownership of the console device in order to get this
              option to work.

      -Sccn   This option allows xterm to be used as an input and output
              channel for an existing program and is sometimes used in
              specialized applications.  The option value specifies the last
              few letters of the name of a pseudo-terminal to use in slave
              mode, plus the number of the inherited file descriptor.  If
              the option contains a "/" character, that delimits the
              characters used for the pseudo-terminal name from the file
              descriptor.  Otherwise, exactly two characters are used from
              the option for the pseudo-terminal name, the remainder is the
              file descriptor.  Examples (the first two are equivalent since
              the descriptor follows the last "/"):

                  -S/dev/pts/123/45
                  -S123/45
                  -Sab34

              Note that xterm does not close any file descriptor which it
              did not open for its own use.  It is possible (though probably
              not portable) to have an application which passes an open file
              descriptor down to xterm past the initialization or the -S
              option to a process running in the xterm.

    Old Options
      The following command line arguments are provided for compatibility
      with older versions.  They may not be supported in the next release as
      the X Toolkit provides standard options that accomplish the same task.

      %geom   This option specifies the preferred size and position of the
              Tektronix window.  It is shorthand for specifying the
              "tekGeometry" resource.

      #geom   This option specifies the preferred position of the icon
              window.  It is shorthand for specifying the "iconGeometry"
              resource.



                                   - 22 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      -T string
              This option specifies the title for xterm's windows.  It is
              equivalent to -title.

      -n string
              This option specifies the icon name for xterm's windows.  It
              is shorthand for specifying the "iconName" resource.  Note
              that this is not the same as the X Toolkit option -name.  The
              default icon name is the application name.

              If no suitable icon is found, xterm provides a compiled-in
              pixmap.

              X Toolkit sets the WM_ICON_NAME property using this value.

      -r      This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated
              by swapping the foreground and background colors.  It is
              equivalent to -rv.

      -w number
              This option specifies the width in pixels of the border
              surrounding the window.  It is equivalent to -borderwidth or
              -bw.

    X Toolkit Options
      The following standard X Toolkit command line arguments are commonly
      used with xterm:

      -bd color
              This option specifies the color to use for the border of the
              window.  The corresponding resource name is borderColor.
              Xterm uses the X Toolkit default, which is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

              Xterm's VT100 window has two borders: the inner border
              internalBorder and the outer border borderWidth, managed by
              the X Toolkit.

              Normally xterm fills the inner border using the VT100 window's
              background color.  If the colorInnerBorder resource is
              enabled, then xterm may fill the inner border using the
              borderColor resource.

      -bg color
              This option specifies the color to use for the background of
              the window.  The corresponding resource name is background.
              The default is "XtDefaultBackground".

      -bw number



                                   - 23 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This option specifies the width in pixels of the border
              surrounding the window.

              This appears to be a legacy of older X releases.  It sets the
              borderWidth resource of the shell widget, and may provide
              advice to your window manager to set the thickness of the
              window frame.  Most window managers do not use this
              information.  See the -b option, which controls the inner
              border of the xterm window.

      -display display
              This option specifies the X server to contact; see
              X(__miscmansuffix__).

      -fg color
              This option specifies the color to use for displaying text.
              The corresponding resource name is foreground.  The default is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

      -fn font
              This option specifies the font to be used for displaying
              normal text.  The corresponding resource name is font.  The
              resource value default is fixed.

              Xterm's -fn option accepts a comma-separated list like -fa,
              for the VT100 widget, using the first bitmap font (and
              discarding additional fonts).  However, other widgets (such as
              the toolbar) will be confused by this and give a warning.

      -font font
              This is the same as -fn.

      -geometry geometry
              This option specifies the preferred size and position of the
              VTxxx window; see X(__miscmansuffix__).

              The normal geometry specification can be suffixed with @
              followed by a Xinerama screen specification; it can be either
              g for the global screen (default), c for the current screen or
              a screen number.

      -iconic
              This option indicates that xterm should ask the window manager
              to start it as an icon rather than as the normal window.  The
              corresponding resource name is iconic.

      -name name
              This option specifies the application name under which
              resources are to be obtained, rather than the default



                                   - 24 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              executable file name.  Name should not contain "." or "*"
              characters.

      -rv     This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated
              by swapping the foreground and background colors.  The
              corresponding resource name is reverseVideo.

      +rv     Disable the simulation of reverse video by swapping foreground
              and background colors.

      -title string
              This option specifies the window title string, which may be
              displayed by window managers if the user so chooses.  It is
              shorthand for specifying the "title" resource.  The default
              title is the command line specified after the -e option, if
              any, otherwise the application name.

              X Toolkit sets the WM_NAME property using this value.

      -xrm resourcestring
              This option specifies a resource string to be used.  This is
              especially useful for setting resources that do not have
              separate command line options.

      X Toolkit accepts alternate names for a few of these options, e.g.,

      -background
           for "-bg"

      -bordercolor
           for "-bc"

      -borderwidth
           for "-bw"

      -font
           for "-fn"

      -foreground
           for "-fg"

      -reverse
           for "-rv"

      Abbreviated options also are supported, e.g., "-v" for "-version."

 RESOURCE CONVERTERS
      Xterm understands all of the core X Toolkit resource names and
      classes.  It also uses the X Toolkit resource types (such as booleans,



                                   - 25 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      colors, fonts, integers, and strings) along with their respective
      converters.  Those resource types are not always sufficient:

    Extended Booleans
      X Toolkit boolean resources are useful, but having more than two
      values helps with configurability.  Xterm extends a (normally) boolean
      resource value by checking for additional values in several cases:

          activeIcon, cdXtraScroll, cursorBlink, eightBitMeta, renderFont,
          shiftEscape, tiXtraScroll, utf8, utf8Fonts, and utf8Title

    Comma-separated Lists
      Xterm uses comma-separated lists for certain  resources  which  denote
      features to enable or disable:

          colorEvents, disallowedColorOps, disallowedFontOps,
          disallowedMouseOps, disallowedPasteControls, disallowedTcapOps,
          and disallowedWindowOps

      X Toolkit resource types do not include lists.  Xterm  uses  a  string
      for the resource, and parses it.

      +   The items in these lists are the features to enable or disable.

      +     List   items   are    names    (or    decimal    integers    for
          disallowedWindowOps).

      +   List items are matched ignoring case.  Xterm also allows wildcards
          in names, i.e., "*" and i.e., "?" as in shell scripts.

      +   Each item can be prefixed with "~" (tilde) to  indicate  that  the
          feature should be disabled rather than enabled.

      Xterm also uses comma-separated lists for a few other resources to set
      up  tables.   These  match names ignoring case, and can be abbreviated
      but do not support wildcards:

          eightBitSelectTypes, omitTranslation, and utf8SelectTypes

      Finally, these resources are comma-separated lists of data:

          charClass, faceNameDoublesize, faceName, and font

    Deferred resources
      Xterm may defer  processing  a  resource  until  it  is  needed.   For
      example,  font2  through  font7 are loaded as needed, to start faster.
      Again, the actual resource type is a  string,  parsed  and  used  when
      needed.




                                   - 26 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



 RESOURCES
      Application  specific   resources   (e.g.,   "__default_class__.NAME")
      follow.

    Application Resources
      backarrowKeyIsErase (class BackarrowKeyIsErase)
              Tie  the  VTxxx  backarrowKey  and  ptyInitialErase  resources
              together  by setting the DECBKM state according to whether the
              initial erase character is a backspace  (8)  or  delete  (127)
              character.   A  "false"  value  disables  this  feature.   The
              default is "__backarrow_is_erase__".

              Here are tables showing how the initial settings for

              +   backarrowKeyIsErase (BKIE),

              +   backarrowKey (BK), and

              +   ptyInitialErase (PIE), along with the

              +   stty erase character (^H for backspace, ^? for delete)

              will affect DECBKM.  First, xterm obtains  the  initial  erase
              character:

              +   xterm's internal value is ^H

              +   xterm asks  the  operating  system  for  the  value  which
                  stty(1) shows

              +   the ttyModes resource may override erase

              +   if ptyInitialErase  is  false,  xterm  will  look  in  the
                  terminal database

              Summarizing that as a table:

              l l  l  l  _  _  _  _  l  c  c  c.   PIE  stty termcap   erase
              false     ^H   ^H   ^H                  false     ^H   ^?   ^?
              false     ^?   ^H   ^H                  false     ^?   ^?   ^?
              true ^H   ^H   ^H      true ^H   ^?   ^H     true ^?   ^H   ^?
              true ^?   ^?   ^?

              Using that erase character, xterm allows further choices:

              +   if backarrowKeyIsErase  is  true,  xterm  uses  the  erase
                  character for the initial state of DECBKM

              +   if backarrowKeyIsErase is false, xterm sets  DECBKM  to  2



                                   - 27 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                  (internal).   This  ties  together  backarrowKey  and  the
                  control sequence for DECBKM.

              +   applications can send  a  control  sequence  to  set/reset
                  DECBKM control set

              +   the "Backarrow Key (BS/DEL)" menu entry toggles DECBKM

              Summarizing the initialization details:

              l   l   l   l   l   _   _   _   _   _   c    l    l    c    c.
              erase     BKIE BK   DECBKM    result
              ^?   false     false     2    ^H   ^?   false     true 2    ^?
              ^?   true false     0    ^?             ^?   true true 1    ^?
              ^H   false     false     2    ^H   ^H   false     true 2    ^?
              ^H   true false     0    ^H ^H   true true 1    ^H

      buffered (class Buffered)
              Normally xterm is  built  with  double-buffer  support.   This
              resource  can  be  used  to  turn  it  on or off.  Setting the
              resource to "true" turns  double-buffering  on.   The  default
              value is "__double_buffer__".

      bufferedFPS (class BufferedFPS)
              When xterm is built with double-buffer support, this gives the
              maximum  number  of frames/second.  The default is "40" and is
              limited to the range 1 through 100.

      cursorTheme (class CursorTheme)
              The  Xcursor(__miscmansuffix__)  library  provides  a  way  to
              change  the pointer shape and size.  The X11 library uses this
              library to extend the font- and  glyph-cursor  calls  used  by
              applications  such  as xterm  to substitute external files for
              the built-in "core" cursors provided by X.

              Xterm uses the pointerShape resource to select  the  X  cursor
              shape.  Most of the available sets of cursor themes provide an
              incomplete set of "core" cursors (while possibly adding  other
              cursors).   Because  of  this  limitation,  xterm disables the
              feature by default.

              The cursor theme feature can be useful because X  cursors  are
              not scalable and on a high-resolution display, the cursors are
              hard to find.   Some  of  the  cursor  themes  include  larger
              cursors to work around this limitation:

              +   The default core cursors are 8x8 pixels;

              +   Some cursor themes include cursors  up  to  the  X  server



                                   - 28 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                  limit of 64x64 pixels.

               The  default  value  is  "none".   Other  values   (including
              "default")  are  passed  to  the  Xcursor  library to select a
              cursor  theme,  by  setting  the   XCURSOR_THEME   environment
              variable.

      fullscreen (class Fullscreen)
              Specifies whether or not xterm should ask the  window  manager
              to use a fullscreen layout on startup.  Xterm accepts either a
              keyword (ignoring case) or the number shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                 Fullscreen layout is not used initially, but may  be  later
                 via menu-selection or control sequence.

              true (1)
                 Fullscreen layout is used initially, but  may  be  disabled
                 later via menu-selection or control sequence.

              always (2)
                 Fullscreen layout is used initially, and cannot be disabled
                 later via menu-selection or control sequence.

              never (3)
                 Fullscreen layout is not used, and cannot be enabled  later
                 via menu-selection or control sequence.

              The default is "false".

      hold (class Hold)
              If true, xterm will not immediately destroy  its  window  when
              the  shell  command completes.  It will wait until you use the
              window manager to destroy/kill the window, or if you  use  the
              menu  entries  that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL.  You may
              scroll back, select text,  etc.,  to  perform  most  graphical
              operations.   Resizing  the  display  will lose data, however,
              since this involves interaction with the  shell  which  is  no
              longer running.

      hpFunctionKeys (class HpFunctionKeys)
              Specifies whether or not HP function key escape  codes  should
              be generated for function keys.  The default is "false", i.e.,
              this feature is disabled.

              The keyboardType  resource  is  the  preferred  mechanism  for
              selecting this mode.

      iconGeometry (class IconGeometry)



                                   - 29 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Specifies the preferred size and position of  the  application
              when  iconified.   It  is not necessarily obeyed by all window
              managers.

      iconHint (class IconHint)
              Specifies an icon which will be added to  the  window  manager
              hints.  Xterm provides no default value.

              Set this resource to "none" to omit the hint  entirely,  using
              whatever the window manager may decide.

              If the iconHint resource is  given  (or  is  set  via  the  -n
              option)  xterm  searches  for a pixmap file with that name, in
              the current directory as well as in  __pixmapsdir__.   if  the
              resource does not specify an absolute pathname.  In each case,
              xterm adds "_48x48" and/or ".xpm" to the filename after trying
              without those suffixes.  If it is able to load the file, xterm
              sets the window  manager  hint  for  the  icon-pixmap.   These
              pixmaps  are  distributed  with  xterm,  and can optionally be
              compiled-in:

              +   mini.xterm_16x16, mini.xterm_32x32, mini.xterm_48x48

              +   filled-xterm_16x16, filled-xterm_32x32, filled-xterm_48x48

              +   xterm_16x16, xterm_32x32, xterm_48x48

              +   xterm-color_16x16, xterm-color_32x32, xterm-color_48x48

              In either case, xterm allows for adding a "_48x48" to  specify
              the   largest   of   the  pixmaps  as  a  default.   That  is,
              "mini.xterm" is the same as "mini.xterm_48x48".

              If no explicit iconHint resource is given (or if none  of  the
              compiled-in  names matches), xterm uses "mini.xterm" (which is
              always compiled-in).

              The iconHint  resource  has  no  effect  on  "desktop"  files,
              including  "panel"  and "menu".  Those are typically set via a
              ".desktop" file; xterm provides samples for  itself  (and  the
              uxterm  script).   The  more  capable  desktop  systems  allow
              changing the icon on a per-user basis.

      iconName (class IconName)
              Specifies a label for xterm when iconified.  Xterm provides no
              default value; some window managers may assume the application
              name, e.g., "xterm".

              Setting the iconName  resource  sets  the  icon  label  unless



                                   - 30 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              overridden  by zIconBeep or the control sequences which change
              the window and icon labels.

      keyboardType (class KeyboardType)
              Enables one (or none) of the various keyboard-type  resources:
              hpFunctionKeys,        scoFunctionKeys,       sunFunctionKeys,
              tcapFunctionKeys, oldXtermFKeys and sunKeyboard.

              The resource's  value  should  be  one  of  the  corresponding
              strings  "hp",  "sco",  "sun",  "tcap",  "legacy"  or "vt220",
              respectively.

              The individual resources are provided for legacy support; this
              resource   is  simpler  to  use.   Xterm  will  use  only  one
              keyboard-type, but if multiple resources are set, it warns and
              uses the last one it checks.

              The  default  is  "unknown",  i.e.,  none  of  the  associated
              resources are set via this resource.

      maxBufSize (class MaxBufSize)
              Specify the maximum size of the input buffer.  The default  is
              "32768".   You  cannot  set  this  to  a  value  less than the
              minBufSize resource.  It will be increased as needed  to  make
              that value evenly divide this one.

              On some systems you may want to increase one or  both  of  the
              maxBufSize  and  minBufSize  resource values to achieve better
              performance if the  operating  system  prefers  larger  buffer
              sizes.

      maximized (class Maximized)
              Specifies whether or not xterm should ask the  window  manager
              to maximize its layout on startup.  The default is "false".

      menuHeight (class MenuHeight)
              Specifies the height of the toolbar, which may be increased by
              the  X Toolkit Layout widget depending upon the fontsize used.
              The default is "25".

      menuLocale (class MenuLocale)
              Specify the locale used for  character-set  computations  when
              loading  the  popup menus.  Use this to improve initialization
              performance  of  the  Athena  popup  menus,  which  may   load
              unnecessary  (and  very large) fonts, e.g., in a locale having
              UTF-8 encoding.  The default is "C" (POSIX).

              To use the current locale (only useful if you  have  localized
              the  resource settings for the menu entries), set the resource



                                   - 31 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              to an empty string.

      messages (class Messages)
              Specifies whether write access  to  the  terminal  is  allowed
              initially.  See mesg(1).  The default is "true".

      minBufSize (class MinBufSize)
              Specify the minimum size of the input buffer, i.e., the amount
              of  data  that  xterm  requests  on each read.  The default is
              "4096".  You cannot set this to a value less than 64.

      omitTranslation (class OmitTranslation)
              Selectively  omit  one  or  more  parts  of  xterm's   default
              translations  at  startup.   The  resource  value  is a comma-
              separated list of keywords, which may be abbreviated:

              default
                   ignore (mouse) button-down events which were not  handled
                   by other translations

              fullscreen
                   assigns a key-binding to the fullscreen() action.

              keypress
                   assigns keypresses by default to  the  insert-seven-bit()
                   and insert-eight-bit() actions.

              paging
                   assigns   key   bindings   to   the   scroll-back()   and
                   scroll-forw() actions.

              pointer
                   assigns  pointer  motion  and  button   events   to   the
                   pointer-motion()     and     pointer-button()     actions
                   respectively.

              popup-menu
                   assigns mouse-buttons with the control  modifier  to  the
                   popup-menus.

              reset
                   assigns mouse-button 2 with  the  meta  modifier  to  the
                   clear-saved-lines action.

              scroll-lock
                   assigns a key-binding to the scroll-lock() action.

              block-select
                   an  optional  (compile-time)   feature   for   supporting



                                   - 32 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                   rectangular  selections.   By  default,  this is bound to
                   Meta button one.

              select
                   assigns mouse- and keypress-combinations to actions which
                   manipulate the selection.

                   Xterm also uses these actions to capture mouse button and
                   motion  events  which  can  be manipulated with the mouse
                   protocol control sequences.  If the  select  translations
                   are  omitted,  then the pointer-motion and pointer-button
                   handle these mouse protocol control sequences instead.

              shift-fonts
                   assigns    key-bindings    to    larger-vt-font()     and
                   smaller-vt-font() actions.

              wheel-mouse
                   assigns buttons 4 and 5 with different modifiers  to  the
                   scroll-back() and scroll-forw() actions.

      ptyHandshake (class PtyHandshake)
              If   "true",   xterm   will   perform    handshaking    during
              initialization  to  ensure that the parent and child processes
              update the __utmp_name__ and stty(1) state.

              See also waitForMap  which  waits  for  the  pseudo-terminal's
              notion  of  the  screen size, and ptySttySize which resets the
              screen size after other terminal initialization  is  complete.
              The default is "true".

      ptyInitialErase (class PtyInitialErase)
              If "true", xterm will use the pseudo-terminal's sense  of  the
              stty  erase  value.  If "false", xterm will set the stty erase
              value to match its own configuration, using the kb string from
              the termcap entry as a reference, if available.

              In either case, the result is applied to the TERMCAP  variable
              which xterm sets, if the system uses TERMCAP.

              See also the ttyModes resource, which may override this.   The
              default is "__initial_erase__".

      ptySttySize (class PtySttySize)
              If "true", xterm will reset the  screen  size  after  terminal
              initialization  is  complete.  This is needed for some systems
              whose    pseudo-terminals    cannot     propagate     terminal
              characteristics.   Where  it  is  not needed, it can interfere
              with other methods for setting the initial screen size,  e.g.,



                                   - 33 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              via window manager interaction.

              See also waitForMap which waits for a handshake-message giving
              the  pseudo-terminal's notion of the screen size.  The default
              is "false" on Linux and macOS systems, "true" otherwise.

      reportColors (class ReportColors)
              If true, xterm will print to the standard output a summary  of
              colors as it allocates them.  The default is "false".

      reportFonts (class ReportFonts)
              If true, xterm will print to the standard output a summary  of
              each  font's  metrics  (size,  number  of glyphs, etc.), as it
              loads them.  The default is "false".

      reportIcons (class ReportIcons)
              If true, xterm will print to the standard output a summary  of
              each pixmap icon as it loads them.  The default is "false".

      reportXRes (class ReportXRes)
              If true, xterm will print to the standard output a list of the
              boolean,  numeric  and string X resources for the VT100 widget
              after initialization.  The default is "false".

      sameName (class SameName)
              If the value of this resource is "true", xterm does  not  send
              title  and  icon  name  change requests when the request would
              have no effect:  the  name  is  not  changed.   This  has  the
              advantage  of  preventing  flicker  and  the  disadvantage  of
              requiring an extra round trip to the server to  find  out  the
              previous  value.   In practice this should never be a problem.
              The default is "true".

      scaleHeight (class ScaleHeight)
              Scale line-height values  by  the  resource  value,  which  is
              limited to "0.9" to "1.5".  The default value is "1.0",

              While this resource  applies  to  either  bitmap  or  TrueType
              fonts,  its  main  purpose is to help work around incompatible
              changes in the Xft library's font metrics.  Xterm  checks  the
              font  metrics to find what the library claims are the bounding
              boxes for each glyph  (character).   However,  some  of  Xft's
              features  (such  as the autohinter) can cause the glyphs to be
              scaled  larger  than  the  bounding  boxes,  and   be   partly
              overwritten by the next row.

              See useClipping for a related resource.

      scoFunctionKeys (class ScoFunctionKeys)



                                   - 34 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Specifies whether or not SCO function key escape codes  should
              be generated for function keys.  The default is "false", i.e.,
              this feature is disabled.

              The keyboardType  resource  is  the  preferred  mechanism  for
              selecting this mode.

      sessionMgt (class SessionMgt)
              If the value of this resource is "true", xterm sets up session
              manager callbacks for XtNdieCallback and XtNsaveCallback.  The
              default is "true".

      sunFunctionKeys (class SunFunctionKeys)
              Specifies whether or not Sun function key escape codes  should
              be generated for function keys.  The default is "false", i.e.,
              this feature is disabled.

              The keyboardType  resource  is  the  preferred  mechanism  for
              selecting this mode.

      sunKeyboard (class SunKeyboard)
              Xterm translates certain key symbols based on its  assumptions
              about  your  keyboard.  This resource specifies whether or not
              Sun/PC keyboard layout (i.e., the PC keyboard's numeric keypad
              together  with 12 function keys) should be assumed rather than
              DEC VT220.  This causes the keypad "+" to be  mapped  to  ",".
              and  CTRL  F1-F10  to F11-F20, depending on the setting of the
              ctrlFKeys  resource,  so  xterm  emulates  a  DEC  VT220  more
              accurately.   Otherwise  (the default, with sunKeyboard set to
              "false"), xterm uses PC-style bindings for the  function  keys
              and keypad.

              PC-style bindings use the Shift, Alt, Control and Meta keys as
              modifiers  for  function-keys  and  keypad  (see Xterm Control
              Sequences for details).  The PC-style bindings  are  analogous
              to PCTerm, but not the same thing.  Normally these bindings do
              not conflict with the use of the Meta key as described for the
              eightBitInput  resource.   If  they do, note that the PC-style
              bindings are evaluated first.

              See also the keyboardType resource.

      tcapFunctionKeys (class TcapFunctionKeys)
              Specifies whether or not function key escape codes  read  from
              the   termcap/terminfo   entry   corresponding   to  the  TERM
              environment variable should be  generated  for  function  keys
              instead    of   those   configured   using   sunKeyboard   and
              keyboardType.  The default is "false", i.e., this  feature  is
              disabled.



                                   - 35 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              The keyboardType  resource  is  the  preferred  mechanism  for
              selecting this mode.

      termName (class TermName)
              Specifies the terminal  type  name  to  be  set  in  the  TERM
              environment variable.

      title (class Title)
              Specifies a string that may be used by the window manager when
              displaying this application.

      toolBar (class ToolBar)
              Specifies whether or not the toolbar should be displayed.  The
              default is "true".

      ttyModes (class TtyModes)
              Specifies  a  string  containing  terminal  setting  keywords.
              Except  where  noted,  they may be bound to characters.  Other
              keywords set modes.  Not all keywords are supported on a given
              system.  Allowable keywords include:

              l l l _ _ _ l  l  l.   Keyword   POSIX?    Notes  brk  no   T{
              CHAR  may  send  an  "interrupt" signal, as well as ending the
              input-line.  T} dsusp     no   T{ CHAR will  send  a  terminal
              "stop"  signal  after  input is flushed.  T} eof  yes  T{ CHAR
              will  terminate  input   (i.e.,   an   end   of   file).    T}
              eol  yes  CHAR  will  end  the line.  eol2 no   alternate CHAR
              for ending the line.  erase     yes  CHAR will erase the  last
              character typed.  erase2    no   T{ alternate CHAR for erasing
              the last  input-character.   T}  flush     no   T{  CHAR  will
              cause  output to be discarded until another flush character is
              typed.  T} intr yes  CHAR will  send  an  "interrupt"  signal.
              kill yes  CHAR     will     erase     the     current    line.
              lnext     no   CHAR will  enter  the  next  character  quoted.
              quit yes  CHAR will send a "quit" signal.  rprnt     no   CHAR
              will redraw the current  line.   start     yes  T{  CHAR  will
              restart  the  output  after stopping it.  T} status    no   T{
              CHAR will cause a system-generated status line to be  printed.
              T}  stop yes  CHAR  will stop the output.  susp yes  CHAR will
              send a terminal "stop" signal swtch     no   CHAR will  switch
              to  a  different  shell  layer.   tabs yes  Mode disables tab-
              expansion.    -tabs     yes  Mode    enables    tab-expansion.
              weras     no   CHAR will erase the last word typed.

              Control characters may be specified as ^char (e.g., ^c or  ^u)
              and ^? may be used to indicate delete (127).  Use ^- to denote
              undef.  Use \034 to represent ^\, since a literal backslash in
              an X resource escapes the next character.




                                   - 36 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This is  very  useful  for  overriding  the  default  terminal
              settings  without having to run stty(1) every time an xterm is
              started.  Note, however, that the stty program on a given host
              may  use  different  keywords; xterm's table is built in.  The
              POSIX  column  in  the  table  indicates  which  keywords  are
              supported by a standard stty program.

              If the ttyModes resource specifies a  value  for  erase,  that
              overrides  the  ptyInitialErase  resource setting, i.e., xterm
              initializes the terminal to match that value.

      useInsertMode (class UseInsertMode)
              Force use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to  the
              TERMCAP  environment  variable.   This is useful if the system
              termcap is broken.  (This resource is ignored on most systems,
              because TERMCAP is not used).  The default is "false".

      utmpDisplayId (class UtmpDisplayId)
              Specifies whether or  not  xterm  should  try  to  record  the
              display  identifier (display number and screen number) as well
              as the hostname in the system  __utmp_name__  log  file.   The
              default is "true".

      utmpInhibit (class UtmpInhibit)
              Specifies whether or not xterm should try to record the user's
              terminal in the system __utmp_name__ log file.  If true, xterm
              will not try.  The default is "false".

      validShells (class ValidShells)
              Augment (add to) the system's  /etc/shells,  when  determining
              whether to set the "SHELL" environment variable when running a
              given program.

              The resource value is a list of lines (separated by newlines).
              Each   line  holds  one  pathname.   Xterm  ignores  any  line
              beginning with "#" after trimming leading/trailing  whitespace
              from each line.

              The default is an empty string.

      waitForMap (class WaitForMap)
              Specifies whether or not xterm should  wait  for  the  initial
              window  map  before  starting the subprocess.  This is part of
              the ptyHandshake logic.  When xterm is  directed  to  wait  in
              this fashion, it passes the terminal size from the display end
              of the pseudo-terminal to the terminal I/O  connection,  e.g.,
              using the size according to the window manager.  Otherwise, it
              uses the size as given  in  resource  values  or  command-line
              option -geometry.  The default is "false".



                                   - 37 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      zIconBeep (class ZIconBeep)
              Same as -ziconbeep command line argument.   If  the  value  of
              this  resource  is  non-zero, xterms that produce output while
              iconified will cause an XBell sound at the  given  volume  and
              have  "*** "  prepended  to  their  icon  titles.  Most window
              managers will detect  this  change  immediately,  showing  you
              which  window  has  the output.  (A similar feature was in x10
              xterm.) The default is "false".

      zIconTitleFormat (class ZIconTitleFormat)
              Allow customization  of  the  string  used  in  the  zIconBeep
              feature.  The default value is "*** %s".

              If the resource value contains a "%s", then xterm inserts  the
              icon  title at that point rather than prepending the string to
              the icon title.  (Only the first "%s" is used).

    VT100 Widget Resources
      The following resources are specified as  part  of  the  vt100  widget
      (class   VT100).    They   are   specified   by   patterns   such   as
      "__default_class__.vt100.NAME".

      If your xterm is configured  to  support  the  "toolbar",  then  those
      patterns  need  an  extra  level  for  the form-widget which holds the
      toolbar  and  vt100  widget.   A  wildcard   between   the   top-level
      "__default_class__" and the "vt100" widget makes the resource settings
      work for either, e.g., "__default_class__*vt100.NAME".

      activeIcon (class ActiveIcon)
              Specifies whether or not active icon windows are  to  be  used
              when  the  xterm  window  is  iconified,  if  this  feature is
              compiled  into  xterm.   The  active  icon  is   a   miniature
              representation of the content of the window and will update as
              the content changes.   Not  all  window  managers  necessarily
              support  application  icon windows.  Some window managers will
              allow you to enter keystrokes into  the  active  icon  window.
              The default is "default".

              Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring case) or  the  number
              shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                   No active icon is shown.

              true (1)
                   The active icon is shown.  If you are using twm, use this
                   setting to enable active-icons.

              default (2)



                                   - 38 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                   Xterm checks at startup, and shows an  active  icon  only
                   for  window  managers which it can identify and which are
                   known to support  the  feature.   These  are  fvwm  (full
                   support), and window maker (limited).  A few other window
                   managers (such as twm and ctwm) support active icons, but
                   do  not  support  the  extensions  which  allow  xterm to
                   identify the window manager.

      allowBoldFonts (class AllowBoldFonts)
              When set to "false", xterm will  not  use  bold  fonts.   This
              overrides both the alwaysBoldMode and the boldMode resources.

      allowC1Printable (class AllowC1Printable)
              If true, overrides the mapping of C1 controls (codes  128159),
              telling  xterm  to treat as if they were printable characters.
              Although this corresponds  to  no  particular  standard,  some
              users insist it is a VT100.  The default is "false".

              Simply marking the C1 controls as printable  does  not  ensure
              that  xterm  will  display a character.  That depends upon the
              font used.  When the font does not provide  glyphs  for  those
              codes,  xterm  may  instead  show  a  dashed  box  or a blank,
              depending on the setting of the forceBoxChars resource.

              When xterm uses UTF-8 encoding, it does not interpret  the  C1
              bytes as control characters:

              +   Xterm stores characters in each cell on the screen (rather
                  than  the  sequence  of bytes which comprise a character).
                  When allowC1Printable is on, the  stored  character  codes
                  match the byte values.

              +   When allowC1Printable is off, xterm stores the same  bytes
                  as  Unicode  replacement  characters  (U+FFFD),  because a
                  UTF-8 sequence cannot begin with those bytes.

                  UTF-8 encoding can produce character codes  in  the  range
                  128159, using two bytes (beginning with 0xC2).  Xterm does
                  not interpret those two-byte characters  as  C1  controls.
                  when allowC1Printable is off.  It simply ignores them.

      allowColorOps (class AllowColorOps)
              Specifies whether control sequences that set/query the dynamic
              colors  should be allowed.  ANSI colors are unaffected by this
              resource setting.  The default is "true".

      allowFontOps (class AllowFontOps)
              Specifies whether control sequences that  set/query  the  font
              should be allowed.  The default is "true".



                                   - 39 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      allowMouseOps (class AllowMouseOps)
              Specifies whether control sequences that enable xterm to  send
              escape  sequences  to  the  host on mouse-clicks and movement.
              The default is "true".

      allowPasteControls (class AllowPasteControls)
              If true, allow control characters such as BEL and  CAN  to  be
              pasted.   Formatting  characters  (tab,  newline) are normally
              allowed, unless  suppressed  via  the  disallowedPasteControls
              resource.   Other  C0 control characters are suppressed unless
              this resource is enabled.  The exact set of control characters
              (C0  and  C1)  depends upon whether UTF-8 encoding is used, as
              well  as  the  allowC1Printable  and   disallowedPasteControls
              resources.  The default is "false".

      allowScrollLock (class AllowScrollLock)
              Specifies whether control sequences that set/query the  Scroll
              Lock key should be allowed, as well as whether the Scroll Lock
              key responds to user's keypress.  The default is "false".

              When this feature is enabled, xterm will sense  the  state  of
              the Scroll Lock key each time it acquires focus.  Pressing the
              Scroll Lock key toggles xterm's internal  state,  as  well  as
              toggling the associated LED.  While the Scroll Lock is active,
              xterm attempts to keep a viewport on the same  set  of  lines.
              If  the current viewport is scrolled past the limit set by the
              saveLines resource, then Scroll Lock has no further effect.

              The reason for setting the default to "false" is to avoid user
              surprise.    This   key   is   generally  unused  in  keyboard
              configurations, and has not acquired a standard  meaning  even
              when  it  is  used  in  that manner.  Consequently, users have
              assigned it for ad hoc purposes.

              See also the autoScrollLock resource.

      allowSendEvents (class AllowSendEvents)
              Specifies whether or  not  synthetic  key  and  button  events
              (generated  using  the X protocol SendEvent request) should be
              interpreted or discarded.  The default is "false" meaning they
              are  discarded.  Note that allowing such events would create a
              very large security hole,  therefore  enabling  this  resource
              forcefully disables the allowXXXOps resources.  The default is
              "false".

      allowTcapOps (class AllowTcapOps)
              Specifies whether control sequences that query the  terminal's
              notion  of  its  function-key  strings, as termcap or terminfo
              capabilities should be allowed.  The default is "true".



                                   - 40 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              A few programs, e.g., vim, use this feature to get an accurate
              description of the terminal's capabilities, independent of the
              termcap/terminfo setting:

              +   Xterm can tell the querying program  how  many  colors  it
                  supports.   This  is  a  constant,  depending on how it is
                  compiled, typically 16.  It does not change if  you  alter
                  resource settings, e.g., the boldColors resource.

              +   Xterm can tell the querying program what strings are  sent
                  by   modified   (shift-,  control-,  alt-)  function-  and
                  keypad-keys.  Reporting control- and  alt-modifiers  is  a
                  feature that relies on the ncurses extended naming.

      allowTitleOps (class AllowTitleOps)
              Specifies whether control sequences  that  modify  the  window
              title or icon name should be allowed.  The default is "true".

      allowWindowOps (class AllowWindowOps)
              Specifies whether extended window control sequences  (as  used
              in  dtterm)  should be allowed.  These include several control
              sequences which manipulate the window  size  or  position,  as
              well  as  reporting  these  values and the title or icon name.
              Each of these can be abused in a script; curiously enough most
              terminal  emulators that implement these restrict only a small
              part   of    the    repertoire.     For    fine-tuning,    see
              disallowedWindowOps.  The default is "false".

      altIsNotMeta (class AltIsNotMeta)
              If "true", treat the Alt-key as if it were the Meta-key.  Your
              keyboard  may  happen  to  be configured so they are the same.
              But if they are not, this allows you to use the  same  prefix-
              and shifting operations with the Alt-key as with the Meta-key.
              See  altSendsEscape  and  metaSendsEscape.   The  default   is
              "false".

      altSendsEscape (class AltSendsEscape)
              This is an additional keyboard operation that may be processed
              after  the logic for metaSendsEscape.  It is only available if
              the altIsNotMeta resource is set.

              +   If "true", Alt characters (a character combined  with  the
                  modifier   associated   with   left/right   Alt-keys)  are
                  converted into a two-character sequence with the character
                  itself  preceded by ESC.  This applies as well to function
                  key control sequences, unless xterm sees that Alt is  used
                  in your key translations.

              +   If "false", Alt characters input from the keyboard cause a



                                   - 41 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                  shift to 8-bit characters (just like metaSendsEscape).  By
                  combining the Alt-  and  Meta-modifiers,  you  can  create
                  corresponding   combinations   of   ESC-prefix  and  8-bit
                  characters.

              The default is "__alt_sends_esc__".   Xterm  provides  a  menu
              option for toggling this resource.

      alternateScroll (class ScrollCond)
              If  "true",  the  scroll-back  and  scroll-forw  actions  send
              cursor-up   and  -down  keys  when  xterm  is  displaying  the
              alternate screen.  The default is "false".

              The alternateScroll state can also  be  set  using  a  control
              sequence.

      alwaysBoldMode (class AlwaysBoldMode)
              Specifies whether xterm should check if the  normal  and  bold
              fonts are distinct before deciding whether to use overstriking
              to simulate bold fonts.  If this resource is true, xterm  does
              not  make  the  check  for distinct fonts when deciding how to
              handle the boldMode resource.  The default is "false".

              l    l    l    l    _    _    _     _     l     l     l     l.
              boldMode  alwaysBoldMode Comparison     Action
              false     false     ignored   use                         font
              false     true ignored   use                              font
              true false     same overstrike    true false     different use
              font true true ignored   overstrike
              This resource is used only for bitmap fonts:

              +   When using bitmap fonts, it  is  possible  that  the  font
                  server will approximate the bold font by rescaling it from
                  a different font size than expected.   The  alwaysBoldMode
                  resource  allows the user to override the (sometimes poor)
                  resulting bold font with overstriking (which is  at  least
                  consistent).

              +   The problem does not occur  with  TrueType  fonts  (though
                  there  can  be  other unnecessary issues such as different
                  coverage of the normal and bold fonts).

              As an alternative,  setting  the  allowBoldFonts  resource  to
              false  overrides  both  the  alwaysBoldMode  and  the boldMode
              resources.

      alwaysHighlight (class AlwaysHighlight)
              Specifies  whether  or  not  xterm  should  always  display  a
              highlighted  text  cursor.   By  default  (if this resource is



                                   - 42 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              false), a hollow text cursor is displayed whenever the pointer
              moves  out  of the window or the window loses the input focus.
              The default is "false".

      alwaysUseMods (class AlwaysUseMods)
              Override the numLock resource, telling xterm to  use  the  Alt
              and  Meta  modifiers  to construct parameters for function key
              sequences even if those modifiers appear in  the  translations
              resource.   Normally  xterm checks if Alt or Meta is used in a
              translation that would conflict with function  key  modifiers,
              and  will  ignore  these  modifiers in that special case.  The
              default is "false".

      answerbackString (class AnswerbackString)
              Specifies the string that xterm sends in response  to  an  ENQ
              (control/E)  character  from the host.  The default is a blank
              string, i.e., "".  A hardware VT100 implements this feature as
              a setup option.

      appcursorDefault (class AppcursorDefault)
              If "true", the cursor keys are initially in application  mode.
              This is the same as the VT102 private DECCKM mode, The default
              is "false".

      appkeypadDefault (class AppkeypadDefault)
              If "true", the keypad keys are initially in application  mode.
              The default is "false".

      assumeAllChars (class AssumeAllChars)
              If "true", this enables a special  case  in  bitmap  fonts  to
              allow the font server to choose how to display missing glyphs.
              The default is "true".

              The reason for this resource is to help  with  certain  quasi-
              automatically   generated   fonts  (such  as  the  ISO-10646-1
              encoding of Terminus) which have incorrect font-metrics.

      autoScrollLock (class AutoScrollLock)
              If "true", xterm will maintain its viewport of displayed lines
              whenever  displaying  scrollback,  as  if allowScrollLock were
              enabled and the Scroll Lock key had been pressed.  The default
              is   "false".    This   feature   is   only   useful   if  the
              scrollTtyOutput resource is set to "false".

      autoWrap (class AutoWrap)
              Specifies whether or not auto-wraparound  should  be  enabled.
              This is the same as the VT102 DECAWM.  The default is "true".

      awaitInput (class AwaitInput)



                                   - 43 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Specifies whether or not xterm uses a 50  millisecond  timeout
              to  await  input (i.e., to support the Xaw3d arrow scrollbar).
              The default is "false".

      backarrowKey (class BackarrowKey)
              Specifies whether the backarrow key transmits a backspace  (8)
              or  delete  (127)  character.   This corresponds to the DECBKM
              control sequence.  A "true" value  specifies  backspace.   The
              default  is  "__backarrow_is_bs__".   Pressing the control key
              toggles this behavior.

      background (class Background)
              Specifies the color to use for the background of  the  window.
              The default is "XtDefaultBackground".

      bellIsUrgent (class BellIsUrgent)
              Specifies whether to set  the  Urgency  hint  for  the  window
              manager when making a bell sound.  The default is "false".

      bellOnReset (class BellOnReset)
              Specifies whether to sound a bell when  doing  a  hard  reset.
              The default is "true".

      bellSuppressTime (class BellSuppressTime)
              Number of milliseconds after a bell  command  is  sent  during
              which  additional  bells  will be suppressed.  Default is 200.
              If set non-zero, additional  bells  will  also  be  suppressed
              until the server reports that processing of the first bell has
              been completed; this feature is most useful with  the  visible
              bell.

      boldColors (class ColorMode)
              Specifies whether to combine bold attribute with  colors  like
              the  IBM  PC, i.e., map colors 0 through 7 to colors 8 through
              15.  These normally are the brighter versions of the  first  8
              colors, hence bold.  The default is "true".

      boldFont (class BoldFont)
              Specifies the  name  of  the  bold  font  to  use  instead  of
              overstriking.  There is no default for this resource.

              This font must be the same height  and  width  as  the  normal
              font,  otherwise  it is ignored.  If only one of the normal or
              bold fonts is specified, it will be used as  the  normal  font
              and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.

               See  also  the  discussion  of  boldMode  and  alwaysBoldMode
              resources.




                                   - 44 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      boldMode (class BoldMode)
              This specifies whether or not text  with  the  bold  attribute
              should  be  overstruck  to simulate bold fonts if the resolved
              bold font is the same as the normal font.  It may be desirable
              to  disable  bold  fonts when color is being used for the bold
              attribute.

               Note  that  xterm  has  one  bold  font  which  you  may  set
              explicitly.   Xterm  attempts  to  derive  a bold font for the
              other font selections (font1 through  font7).   If  it  cannot
              find  a  bold font, it will use the normal font.  In each case
              (whether the explicit resource or the derived  font),  if  the
              normal  and  bold  fonts  are  distinct,  this resource has no
              effect.  The default is "true".

              See the alwaysBoldMode resource which can modify the  behavior
              of this resource.

              Although xterm attempts to derive a bold font for  other  font
              selections,  the  font server may not cooperate.  Since X11R6,
              bitmap fonts have been scaled.   The  font  server  claims  to
              provide  the  bold font that xterm requests, but the result is
              not always readable.  XFree86 introduced a feature  which  can
              be   used   to  suppress  the  scaling.   In  the  X  server's
              configuration    file     (e.g.,     "/etc/X11/XFree86"     or
              "/etc/X11/xorg.conf"),  you  can add ":unscaled" to the end of
              the  directory  specification  for  the  "misc"  fonts,  which
              comprise  the  fixed-pitch  fonts that are used by xterm.  For
              example

                  FontPath  "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/"

              would become

                  FontPath  "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/:unscaled"

              Depending on your configuration, the font server may have  its
              own  configuration file.  The same ":unscaled" can be added to
              its  configuration  file  at  the   end   of   the   directory
              specification for "misc".

              The bitmap scaling feature is also used by xterm to  implement
              VT102 double-width and double-height characters.

      brokenLinuxOSC (class BrokenLinuxOSC)
              If true,  xterm  applies  a  workaround  to  ignore  malformed
              control sequences that a Linux script might send.  Compare the
              palette control sequences  documented  in  console_codes  with
              ECMA-48.  The default is "true".



                                   - 45 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      brokenSelections (class BrokenSelections)
              If true, xterm in 8-bit mode will interpret STRING  selections
              as  carrying  text in the current locale's encoding.  Normally
              STRING selections carry ISO-8859-1 encoded text.  Setting this
              resource  to  "true"  violates  the ICCCM; it may, however, be
              useful for  interacting  with  some  broken  X  clients.   The
              default is "false".

      brokenStringTerm (class BrokenStringTerm)
              provides a work-around for some ISDN routers  which  start  an
              application control string without completing it.  Set this to
              "true" if  xterm  appears  to  freeze  when  connecting.   The
              default is "false".

              Xterm's state  parser  recognizes  several  types  of  control
              strings which can contain text, e.g.,

              APC (Application Program Command),
              DCS (Device Control String),
              OSC (Operating System Command),
              PM (Privacy Message), and
              SOS (Start of String),

              Each should end with a string-terminator (a special  character
              which  cannot  appear  in  these  strings).   Ordinary control
              characters found within the string are not ignored;  they  are
              processed without interfering with the process of accumulating
              the control string's content.  Xterm recognizes these controls
              in all modes, although some of the functions may be suppressed
              after parsing the control.

              When enabled, this feature allows the user  to  exit  from  an
              unterminated control string when any of these ordinary control
              characters are found:

              control/D (used as an end of file in many shells),
              control/H (backspace),
              control/I (tab-feed),
              control/J (line feed aka newline),
              control/K (vertical tab),
              control/L (form feed),
              control/M (carriage return),
              control/N (shift-out),
              control/O (shift-in),
              control/Q (XOFF),
              control/X (cancel)

      c132 (class C132)
              Specifies whether or not the VT102  DECCOLM  escape  sequence,



                                   - 46 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              used  to switch between 80 and 132 columns, should be honored.
              The default is "false".

      cacheDoublesize (class CacheDoublesize)
              Tells whether to cache double-sized fonts by xterm.  Set  this
              to zero to disable double-sized fonts altogether.

      cdXtraScroll (class CdXtraScroll)
              Specifies whether xterm should  scroll  to  a  new  page  when
              clearing  the  whole screen.  Like tiXtraScroll, the intent of
              this option  is  to  provide  a  picture  of  the  full-screen
              application's  display on the scrollback before wiping out the
              text.

              Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring case) or  the  number
              shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                   nothing is added to the scrollback.

              true (1)
                   the current screen is added to the scrollback.

              trim (2)
                   the current  screen  is  added  to  the  scrollback,  but
                   repeated  blank  lines  are  trimmed (reduced to a single
                   blank line).

              The default for this resource is "false".

      charClass (class CharClass)
              Specifies comma-separated lists of character class bindings of
              the form

                  low[-high][:value].

              These are used in determining which sets of characters  should
              be  treated  the  same  when  doing  cut  and  paste.  See the
              CHARACTER CLASSES section.

      checksumExtension (class ChecksumExtension)
              DEC VT420 and up support a  control  sequence  DECRQCRA  which
              reports  the checksum of the characters in a rectangle.  Xterm
              supports this, with extensions that  can  be  configured  with
              bits of the checksumExtension:

              0    do not negate the result.

              1    do not report the VT100 video attributes.



                                   - 47 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              2    do not omit checksum for blanks.

              3    omit checksum for cells not explicitly initialized.

              4    do not mask cell value to  8  bits  or  ignore  combining
                   characters.

              5    do not mask cell value to 7 bits.

              With the default value (0),  xterm  matches  the  behavior  of
              DEC's  terminals.   To  use all extensions, set all bits, "-1"
              for example.

      cjkWidth (class CjkWidth)
              Specifies whether xterm should  follow  the  traditional  East
              Asian  width convention.  When turned on, characters with East
              Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR 11 have a column width  of
              2.  You may have to set this option to "true" if you have some
              old East Asian terminal based programs that assume that  line-
              drawing characters have a column width of 2.  If this resource
              is false, the mkWidth resource controls the choice between the
              system's  wcwidth(3) and xterm's built-in tables.  The default
              is "false".

      color0 (class Color0)

      color1 (class Color1)

      color2 (class Color2)

      color3 (class Color3)

      color4 (class Color4)

      color5 (class Color5)

      color6 (class Color6)

      color7 (class Color7)
              These specify the colors  for  the  ISO-6429  extension.   The
              defaults  are,  respectively,  black, red3, green3, yellow3, a
              customizable dark blue,  magenta3,  cyan3,  and  gray90.   The
              default  shades of color are chosen to allow the colors 815 to
              be used as brighter versions.

      color8 (class Color8)

      color9 (class Color9)




                                   - 48 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      color10 (class Color10)

      color11 (class Color11)

      color12 (class Color12)

      color13 (class Color13)

      color14 (class Color14)

      color15 (class Color15)
              These specify the colors for the  ISO-6429  extension  if  the
              bold  attribute  is also enabled.  The default resource values
              are respectively, gray50, red,  green,  yellow,  a  customized
              light blue, magenta, cyan, and white.

      color16 (class Color16)

      through

      color255 (class Color255)
              These specify the colors for  the  256-color  extension.   The
              default resource values are for

              +   colors 16 through 231 to make a 6x6x6 color cube, and

              +   colors 232 through 255 to make a grayscale ramp.

              Resources past color15 are available as a compile-time option.
              Due  to  a  hardcoded  limit  in  the X libraries on the total
              number of resources (to 400), the resources for 256-colors are
              omitted  when  wide-character  support  and  luit are enabled.
              Besides inconsistent behavior if only part  of  the  resources
              were  allowed,  determining the exact cutoff is difficult, and
              the X libraries tend to  crash  if  the  number  of  resources
              exceeds  the limit.  The color palette is still initialized to
              the same default values,  and  can  be  modified  via  control
              sequences.

              On the other hand, the resource limit  does  permit  including
              the entire range for 88-colors.

      colorAttrMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies  whether  colorBD,  colorBL,  colorRV,  and  colorUL
              should override ANSI colors.  If not, these are displayed only
              when no ANSI  colors  have  been  set  for  the  corresponding
              position.  The default is "false".

      colorBD (class ColorBD)



                                   - 49 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This specifies the color to use to display bold characters  if
              the   "colorBDMode"  resource  is  enabled.   The  default  is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

              See also the veryBoldColors resource  which  allows  combining
              bold and color.

      colorBDMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies whether characters with the bold attribute should be
              displayed  in  color or as bold characters.  Note that setting
              colorMode  off  disables  all  colors,  including  bold.   The
              default is "false".

      colorBL (class ColorBL)
              This specifies the color to use to display blink characters if
              the   "colorBLMode"  resource  is  enabled.   The  default  is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

              See also the veryBoldColors resource  which  allows  combining
              underline and color.

      colorBLMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies whether characters with the blink  attribute  should
              be  displayed  in  color.   Note  that  setting  colorMode off
              disables all colors, including this.  The default is "false".

      colorEvents (class ColorEvents)
              Specifies OSC control codes that can be processed from  client
              messages  with  the  type  XTERM_CONTROL.  These events may be
              generated  using  the  X  protocol  SendEvent  request.    The
              resource  value  is  a  comma-separated list of codes allowed.
              The default is the empty string, disallowing all processing.

              The names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
              they  are shown in mixed-case for clarity.  Either a name or a
              number can be used.

              TEXT_FG (10)
                   text foreground

              TEXT_BG (11)
                   text background

              TEXT_CURSOR (12)
                   text cursor

              MOUSE_FG (13)
                   mouse foreground




                                   - 50 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              MOUSE_BG (14)
                   mouse background

              TEK_FG (15)
                   tektronix foreground

              TEK_BG (16)
                   tektronix background

              HIGHLIGHT_BG (17)
                   highlight background

              TEK_CURSOR (18)
                   tektronix cursor

              HIGHLIGHT_FG (19)
                   highlight foreground

              For example, if messages for the text color are enabled, e.g.,
              by setting the resource to

                  text_fg, text_bg

              the text foreground color can be set to  black  by  sending  a
              message with this content:

                  10;#000000

      colorIT (class ColorIT)
              This specifies the color to use to display  italic  characters
              if  the  "colorITMode"  resource  is  enabled.  The default is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

              See also the veryBoldColors resource  which  allows  combining
              attributes and color.

      colorITMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies whether characters with the italic attribute  should
              be displayed in color or as italic characters.  The default is
              "false".

              Note that:

              +   Setting  colorMode  off  disables  all  colors,  including
                  italic.

              +   The italicULMode resource overrides colorITMode.

      colorInnerBorder (class ColorInnerBorder)



                                   - 51 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Normally, xterm fills the VT100 window's  inner  border  using
              the background color.

              If the colorInnerBorder resource is enabled, at startup  xterm
              will  compare  the  borderColor  and  the  window's background
              color.  If those are different, xterm will use the borderColor
              resource to fill the inner border.  Otherwise, it will use the
              window's background color.

              The default is "false".

      colorMode (class ColorMode)
              Specifies whether or not recognition of ANSI (ISO-6429)  color
              change  escape  sequences  should  be enabled.  The default is
              "true".

      colorRV (class ColorRV)
              This specifies the color to use to display reverse  characters
              if  the  "colorRVMode"  resource  is  enabled.  The default is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

              See also the veryBoldColors resource  which  allows  combining
              reverse and color.

      colorRVMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies whether characters with the reverse attribute should
              be  displayed  in  color.   Note  that  setting  colorMode off
              disables all colors, including this.  The default is "false".

      colorUL (class ColorUL)
              This  specifies  the  color  to  use  to  display   underlined
              characters  if  the  "colorULMode"  resource  is enabled.  The
              default is "XtDefaultForeground".

              See also the veryBoldColors resource  which  allows  combining
              underline and color.

      colorULMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies whether  characters  with  the  underline  attribute
              should  be  displayed  in  color  or as underlined characters.
              Note that setting colorMode off disables all colors, including
              underlining.  The default is "false".

      combiningChars (class CombiningChars)
              Specifies the number of wide-characters which can be stored in
              a  cell to overstrike (combine) with the base character of the
              cell.  This can be set to values in the range  0  to  5.   The
              default is "2".




                                   - 52 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      ctrlFKeys (class CtrlFKeys)
              In VT220 keyboard mode (see sunKeyboard  resource),  specifies
              the  amount  by which to shift F1-F12 given a control modifier
              (CTRL).  This allows you to generate key symbols  for  F10-F20
              on  a  Sun/PC keyboard.  The default is "10", which means that
              CTRL F1 generates the key symbol for F11.

      curses (class Curses)
              Specifies whether or not the last column bug in more(1) should
              be  worked  around.   See  the  -cu  option  for details.  The
              default is "false".

      cursorBar (class CursorBar)
              Specifies whether to make the cursor  a  left-bar  or  a  box,
              unless  the  cursorUnderLine  resource is set.  The default is
              "false".

      cursorBlink (class CursorBlink)
              Specifies whether to make the  cursor  blink.   Xterm  accepts
              either  a  keyword  (ignoring  case)  or  the  number shown in
              parentheses:

              false (0)
                 The cursor will not blink, but may be combined with  escape
                 sequences according to the cursorBlinkXOR resource.

              true (1)
                 The cursor will blink, but  may  be  combined  with  escape
                 sequences according to the cursorBlinkXOR resource.

              always (2)
                 The cursor will always blink,  ignoring  escape  sequences.
                 The menu entry will be disabled.

              never (3)
                 The cursor will never  blink,  ignoring  escape  sequences.
                 The menu entry will be disabled.

              The default is "false".

      cursorBlinkXOR (class CursorBlinkXOR)
              Xterm uses two inputs to determine whether the cursor blinks:

              +   The cursorBlink resource (which can be altered with a menu
                  entry).

              +   Control sequences (private mode 12 and DECSCUSR).

              The cursorBlinkXOR resource determines how  those  inputs  are



                                   - 53 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              combined:

              false
                   Xterm uses the  logical-OR  of  the  two  variables.   If
                   either is set, xterm makes the cursor blink.

              true
                   Xterm uses the logical-XOR of the two variables.  If only
                   one is set, xterm makes the cursor blink.

              The default is "true".

      cursorColor (class CursorColor)
              Specifies the color to use for the text cursor.   The  default
              is  "XtDefaultForeground".  By default, xterm attempts to keep
              this color from being the same as the background color,  since
              it  draws the cursor by filling the background of a text cell.
              The same restriction applies to control  sequences  which  may
              change this color.

              Setting this resource overrides most of xterm's adjustments to
              cursor  color.   It  will  still use reverse-video to disallow
              some cases, such as a black cursor on a black background.

      cursorOffTime (class CursorOffTime)
              Specifies the duration of the "off" part of the  cursor  blink
              cycle-time  in  milliseconds.  The same timer is used for text
              blinking.  The default is "300".

      cursorOnTime (class CursorOnTime)
              Specifies the duration of the "on" part of  the  cursor  blink
              cycle-time,  in milliseconds.  The same timer is used for text
              blinking.  The default is "600".

      cursorUnderLine (class CursorUnderLine)
              Specifies whether to make the cursor underlined or a box.   If
              unset  (false),  the  cursorBar  resource  may  set the cursor
              shape.  The default is "false".

      cutNewline (class CutNewline)
              If "false", triple clicking to select a line does not  include
              the newline at the end of the line.  If "true", the Newline is
              selected.  The default is "true".

      cutToBeginningOfLine (class CutToBeginningOfLine)
              If "false", triple clicking to select a line selects only from
              the  current  word  forward.   If  "true",  the entire line is
              selected.  The default is "true".




                                   - 54 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      decGraphicsID (class DecGraphicsID)
              Allows a way to combine the graphics feature from certain  DEC
              terminals  (125,  240,  241,  330,  340  or  382)  with  other
              emulation levels which did not provide the  graphics  feature.
              As in decTerminalID, leading non-digit characters are ignored,
              e.g., "vt340" and "340" are the same.

              If the resource value is nonzero, xterm  uses  that  emulation
              level  when  initializing  the  drawing  region  and  decoding
              control sequences to draw graphics.

              The default is "0".

      decTerminalID (class DecTerminalID)
              Specifies the emulation level  (100=VT100,  220=VT220,  etc.),
              used  to  determine  the  type  of  response  to  a DA control
              sequence.  Leading non-digit  characters  are  ignored,  e.g.,
              "vt100"   and   "100"   are   the   same.    The   default  is
              "__default_termid__".

      defaultString (class DefaultString)
              Specify the character (or string) which xterm will  substitute
              when   pasted  text  includes  a  character  which  cannot  be
              represented in the current encoding.   For  instance,  pasting
              UTF-8  text  into a display of ISO-8859-1 characters will only
              be able to display codes 0255, while UTF-8  text  can  include
              Unicode  values above 255.  The default is "#" (a single pound
              sign).

              If the undisplayable text would be  double-width,  xterm  will
              add  a space after the "#" character, to give roughly the same
              layout on the screen as the original text.

      deleteIsDEL (class DeleteIsDEL)
              Specifies what the Delete key on  the  editing  keypad  should
              send  when pressed.  The resource value is a string, evaluated
              as a boolean after startup.  Xterm uses it in conjunction with
              the keyboardType resource:

              +   If the keyboard type is  "default",  or  "vt220"  and  the
                  resource  is either "true" or "maybe" send the VT220-style
                  Remove escape sequence.  Otherwise, send DEL (127).

              +   If the keyboard type is  "legacy",  and  the  resource  is
                  "true" send DEL.  Otherwise, send the Remove sequence.

              +   Otherwise, if the keyboard type is none of  these  special
                  cases, send DEL (127).




                                   - 55 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              The default is "__delete_is_del__".  The resource  is  allowed
              to  be  a non-boolean "maybe" so that the popup menu Delete is
              DEL entry does not override the keyboard type.

      directColor (class DirectColor)
              Specifies whether to  handle  direct-color  control  sequences
              using the X server's available colors, or to approximate those
              using a color map with 256 entries.  A  "true"  value  enables
              the former.  The default is "true".

      disallowedColorOps (class DisallowedColorOps)
              Specify which features will be disabled  if  allowColorOps  is
              false.   This is a comma-separated list of names.  The default
              value is

                  SetColor,GetColor,GetAnsiColor

              The names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
              they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.

              SetColor
                   Set a specific dynamic color.

              GetColor
                   Report the current setting of a given dynamic color.

              GetAnsiColor
                   Report  the  current  setting  of  a  given  ANSI   color
                   (actually any of the colors set via ANSI-style controls).

      disallowedFontOps (class DisallowedFontOps)
              Specify which features will be  disabled  if  allowFontOps  is
              false.   This is a comma-separated list of names.  The default
              value is

                  SetFont,GetFont

              The names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
              they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.

              SetFont
                   Set the specified font.

              GetFont
                   Report the specified font.

      disallowedMouseOps (class DisallowedMouseOps)
              Specify which features will be disabled  if  allowMouseOps  is
              false.   This is a comma-separated list of names.  The default



                                   - 56 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              value is "*" which matches all names.  The  names  are  listed
              below.   Xterm  ignores  capitalization, but they are shown in
              mixed-case for clarity.

              X10  The original X10 mouse protocol.

              Locator
                   DEC locator mode

              VT200Click
                   X11 mouse-clicks only.

              VT200Hilite
                   X11 mouse-clicks and highlighting.

              AnyButton
                   XFree86 xterm any-button mode sends button-clicks as well
                   as motion events while the button is pressed.

              AnyEvent
                   XFree86 xterm any-event mode sends button-clicks as  well
                   as motion events whether or not a button is pressed.

              FocusEvent
                   Send FocusIn/FocusOut events.

              Extended
                   The first  extension  beyond  X11  mouse  protocol,  this
                   encodes  the  coordinates  in UTF-8.  It is deprecated in
                   favor of SGR, but provided for compatibility.

              SGR  This is the recommended extension for mouse-coordinates

              URXVT
                   Like Extended, this is provided for compatibility.

              AlternateScroll
                   This overrides the alternateScroll resource.

      disallowedPasteControls (class DisallowedPasteControls)
              Use this resource to  disallow  pasting  specific  C0  control
              characters  when  the  allowPasteControls  resource  is  false
              (i.e., the default).  This resource defines the set of control
              characters  which  cannot  be  pasted,  converting each into a
              space.  Other C0 controls are pasted without change.

              The resource value is a comma-separated list of names.   Xterm
              ignores capitalization.  The default value is




                                   - 57 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                  BS,DEL,ENQ,EOT,ESC,NUL,STTY

              The names are listed below:

              C0   all ASCII control characters.

              Individual C0 characters
                   NUL, SOH, STX, ETX, EOT, ENQ, ACK, BEL, BS, HT,  LF,  VT,
                   FF,  CR,  SO, SI, DLE, DC1, DC2, DC3, DC4, NAK, SYN, ETB,
                   CAN, EM, SUB, ESC, FS, GS, RS, US

              DEL  ASCII delete

              NL   ASCII line-feed, i.e., "newline" is the same as LF.

              STTY special characters which are set with stty(1).

      disallowedTcapOps (class DisallowedTcapOps)
              Specify which features will be  disabled  if  allowTcapOps  is
              false.   This is a comma-separated list of names.  The default
              value is

                  SetTcap,GetTcap

              The names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
              they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.

              SetTcap
                   (not implemented)

              GetTcap
                   Report specified function- and other special keys.

      disallowedWindowOps (class DisallowedWindowOps)
              Specify which features will be disabled if  allowWindowOps  is
              false.   This  is a comma-separated list of names, or (for the
              controls adapted  from  dtterm  the  operation  number).   The
              default value is

                  GetChecksum,GetIconTitle,GetSelection,GetWinTitle,SetSelection,SetXprop
                  (i.e., all except a few "dangerous" operations are allowed).

              The names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
              they  are shown in mixed-case for clarity.  Where a number can
              be used as an alternative, it is given  in  parentheses  after
              the name.

              ColumnMode
                   Enable (or disable) switching between 80 and 132 columns.



                                   - 58 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                   This is in addition to the c132 resource.

              GetChecksum
                   Report checksum of characters in a rectangular region.

              GetIconTitle (20)
                   Report xterm window's icon label as a string.

              GetScreenSizeChars (19)
                   Report the size of the screen in characters as numbers.

              GetSelection
                   Report selection data as a base64 string.

              GetWinPosition (13)
                   Report xterm window position as numbers.

              GetWinSizeChars (18)
                   Report the  size  of  the  text  area  in  characters  as
                   numbers.

              GetWinSizePixels (14)
                   Report xterm window in pixels as numbers.

              GetWinState (11)
                   Report xterm window state as a number.

              GetWinTitle (21)
                   Report xterm window's title as a string.

              LowerWin (6)
                   Lower the xterm window to  the  bottom  of  the  stacking
                   order.

              MaximizeWin (9)
                   Maximize window (i.e., resize to screen size).

              FullscreenWin (10)
                   Use full screen (i.e., resize  to  screen  size,  without
                   window decorations).

              MinimizeWin (2)
                   Iconify window.

              PopTitle (23)
                   Pop title from internal stack.

              PushTitle (22)
                   Push title to internal stack.



                                   - 59 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              RaiseWin (5)
                   Raise the xterm window  to  the  front  of  the  stacking
                   order.

              RefreshWin (7)
                   Refresh the xterm window.

              RestoreWin (1)
                   De-iconify window.

              SetChecksum
                   Modify algorithm for reporting checksum of characters  in
                   a rectangular region.

              SetSelection
                   Set selection data.

              SetWinLines
                   Resize to a given number of lines, at least 24.

              SetWinPosition (3)
                   Move window to given coordinates.

              SetWinSizeChars (8)
                   Resize the text area to given size in characters.

              SetWinSizePixels (4)
                   Resize the xterm window to given size in pixels.

              SetXprop
                   Set X property on top-level window.

              StatusLine
                   Resize window to provide a VT320-style status line.

      dynamicColors (class DynamicColors)
              Specifies whether or not escape  sequences  to  change  colors
              assigned to different attributes are recognized.

      eightBitControl (class EightBitControl)
              Specifies  whether  or  not  control  sequences  sent  by  the
              terminal  should  be eight-bit characters or escape sequences.
              The default is "false".

      eightBitInput (class EightBitInput)
              If "true", Meta characters (a single-byte  character  combined
              with  the  Meta  modifier  key)  input  from  the keyboard are
              presented as a single character,  modified  according  to  the
              eightBitMeta   resource.   If  "false",  Meta  characters  are



                                   - 60 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              converted into a two-character  sequence  with  the  character
              itself preceded by ESC.  The default is "true".

              The metaSendsEscape and altSendsEscape resources may  override
              this  feature.   Generally keyboards do not have a key labeled
              "Meta", but "Alt" keys are common, and they are conventionally
              used  for "Meta".  If they were synonymous, it would have been
              reasonable to name this resource  "altSendsEscape",  reversing
              its  sense.   For  more  background  on this, see the meta(3x)
              function in curses.

              Note that the Alt key is not necessarily the same as the  Meta
              modifier.   The  xmodmap  utility lists your key modifiers.  X
              defines modifiers for shift, (caps) lock and control, as  well
              as   5  additional  modifiers  which  are  generally  used  to
              configure key modifiers.  Xterm inspects the same  information
              to  find the modifier associated with either Meta key (left or
              right), and uses that key as the Meta modifier.  It also looks
              for  the  NumLock  key,  to  recognize  the  modifier which is
              associated with that.

              If your xmodmap configuration uses the same keycodes for  Alt-
              and  Meta-keys,  xterm  will only see the Alt-key definitions,
              since those are tested before Meta-keys.   NumLock  is  tested
              first.  It is important to keep these keys distinct; otherwise
              some of xterm's functionality is not available.

              The eightBitInput resource is  tested  at  startup  time.   If
              "true",  the  xterm tries to put the terminal into 8-bit mode.
              If "false", on startup, xterm tries to put the  terminal  into
              7-bit  mode.   For  some  configurations this is unsuccessful;
              failure is ignored.  After startup, xterm does not change  the
              terminal between 8-bit and 7-bit mode.

              As originally implemented in X11, the resource value  did  not
              change  after  startup.   However  (since  patch #216 in 2006)
              xterm can modify eightBitInput after  startup  via  a  control
              sequence.   The  corresponding  terminfo capabilities smm (set
              meta mode) and rmm (reset meta mode) have been  recognized  by
              bash  for  some  time.  Interestingly enough, bash's notion of
              "meta mode" differs  from  the  standard  definition  (in  the
              terminfo manual), which describes the change to the eighth bit
              of a character.  It happens that bash views "meta mode" as the
              ESC  character  that  xterm  puts  before  a  character when a
              special meta key is pressed.  bash's early documentation talks
              about the ESC character and ignores the eighth bit.

      eightBitMeta (class EightBitMeta)
              This controls the way xterm  modifies  the  eighth  bit  of  a



                                   - 61 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              single-byte  key  when the eightBitInput resource is set.  The
              default is "locale".

              The resource value is a string, evaluated as a  boolean  after
              startup.

              false
                   The key is sent unmodified.

              locale
                   The key is modified only if  the  locale  uses  eight-bit
                   encoding.

              true The key is sent modified.

              never
                   The key is always sent unmodified.

              Except  for  the  never  choice,  xterm  honors  the  terminfo
              capabilities  smm  (set  meta mode) and rmm (reset meta mode),
              allowing the feature to be turned on or off dynamically.

              If eightBitMeta is enabled when the locale uses  UTF-8,  xterm
              encodes the value as UTF-8 (since patch #183 in 2003).

      eightBitOutput (class EightBitOutput)
              Specifies whether or not eight-bit characters  sent  from  the
              host  should  be accepted as is or stripped when printed.  The
              default is "true", which means that they are accepted as is.

      eightBitSelectTypes (class EightBitSelectTypes)
              Override  xterm's   default   selection   target   list   (see
              SELECT/PASTE) for selections in normal (ISO-8859-1) mode.  The
              default is an empty string, i.e., "", which does not  override
              anything.

      eraseSavedLines (class EraseSavedLines)
              Specifies whether or not to  allow  xterm  extended  ED/DECSED
              control sequences to erase the saved-line buffer.  The default
              is "true".

      faceName (class FaceName)
              Specify the pattern  for  scalable  fonts  selected  from  the
              FreeType library if support for that library was compiled into
              xterm.  There is no default value.

              One or more fonts can be specified, separated by  commas.   If
              prefixed  with "x:" or "x11:" the specification applies to the
              XLFD  font  resource.   A  "xft:"  prefix  is   accepted   but



                                   - 62 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              unnecessary  since a missing prefix for faceName means that it
              will be used for TrueType.  For example,

                  XTerm*faceName: x:fixed,xft:Bitstream Vera Sans Mono

              Two TrueType fonts can be specified in this way.  The first is
              the  primary font; the second acts as a manual override to the
              fontconfig fontset.

              If no faceName resource is specified, or if there is no  match
              for  both  TrueType normal and bold fonts, xterm uses the XLFD
              (bitmap) font and related resources.

              It is possible to select suitable bitmap fonts using a  script
              such as this:

                  #!/bin/sh
                  FONT=`xfontsel -print`
                  test -n "$FONT" && xfd -fn "$FONT"

              However (even though xfd accepts  a  "-fa"  option  to  denote
              FreeType fonts), xfontsel has not been similarly extended.  As
              a workaround, you may try

                  fc-list :scalable=true:spacing=mono: family

              to find a list of scalable fixed-pitch fonts which may be used
              for the faceName resource value.

      faceNameDoublesize (class FaceNameDoublesize)
              Specify a  double-width  scalable  font  for  cases  where  an
              application  requires  this, e.g., in CJK applications.  There
              is no default value.

              Like the faceName resource, this allows  one  or  more  comma-
              separated  font  specifications  to  be  applied  to  the wide
              TrueType or XLFD fonts.

              If  the  application  uses  double-wide  characters  and  this
              resource  is not given, xterm will use a scaled version of the
              font given by faceName.

      faceSize (class FaceSize)
              Specify the pointsize for fonts  selected  from  the  FreeType
              library  if  support for that library was compiled into xterm.
              The default is "8.0" On the VT Fonts menu, this corresponds to
              the Default entry.

              Although the default is "8.0", this may not be the same as the



                                   - 63 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              pointsize  for  the  default  bitmap font, i.e., that assigned
              with the -fn option, or the font resource.  The default  value
              of  faceSize  is chosen to match the size of the "fixed" font,
              making switching between bitmap and  TrueType  fonts  via  the
              font  menu  give comparable sizes for the window.  If your -fn
              option uses a different pointsize, you might  want  to  adjust
              the faceSize resource to match.

              You can specify the pointsize for TrueType fonts selected with
              the  other  size-related  menu  entries  such as Medium, Huge,
              etc., by using one of the following resource values.   If  you
              do  not  specify  a value, they default to "0.0", which causes
              xterm to use the ratio of font sizes  from  the  corresponding
              bitmap font resources to obtain a TrueType pointsize.

              If all of the faceSize resources are set, then xterm will  use
              this information to determine the next smaller/larger TrueType
              font for the larger-vt-font() and  smaller-vt-font()  actions.
              If  any  are  not  set,  xterm  will use only the areas of the
              bitmap fonts.

      faceSize1 (class FaceSize1)
              Specifies the pointsize of the first alternative font.

      faceSize2 (class FaceSize2)
              Specifies the pointsize of the second alternative font.

      faceSize3 (class FaceSize3)
              Specifies the pointsize of the third alternative font.

      faceSize4 (class FaceSize4)
              Specifies the pointsize of the fourth alternative font.

      faceSize5 (class FaceSize5)
              Specifies the pointsize of the fifth alternative font.

      faceSize6 (class FaceSize6)
              Specifies the pointsize of the sixth alternative font.

      faceSize7 (class FaceSize7)
              Specifies the pointsize of the seventh alternative font.

      faintIsRelative (class FaintIsRelative)
              Faint colors are derived from the current  text  color,  e.g.,
              the   ANSI   colors,  by  scaling  the  red,  green  and  blue
              components.  Use this resource to specify whether that is done
              relative  to  the  current background color, or as an absolute
              value.  The default is "false".




                                   - 64 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      fastScroll (class FastScroll)
              Modifies the effect of jump scroll (jumpScroll) by suppressing
              screen  refreshes  for  the  special  case  when output to the
              screen  has  completely  shifted  the   contents   off-screen.
              Likewise, screen refreshes for related actions, e.g., carriage
              returns, are suppressed.

              For instance, cat'ing a large  file  to  the  screen  normally
              results in a large number of screen refreshes.  By suppressing
              the corresponding refreshes, scrolling speed improves.

              The default is "true".

      font (class Font)
              Specifies the  name  of  the  normal  font.   The  default  is
              "fixed".

              See the discussion of the locale resource, which describes how
              this font may be overridden.

              NOTE: some resource files use patterns such as

                  *font: fixed

              which are overly broad, affecting both

                  xterm.vt100.font

              and

                  xterm.vt100.utf8Fonts.font

              which is probably not what you intended.

      font1 (class Font1)
              Specifies  the   name   of   the   first   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Unreadable" in the standard menu.

      font2 (class Font2)
              Specifies  the  name   of   the   second   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Tiny" in the standard menu.

      font3 (class Font3)
              Specifies  the   name   of   the   third   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Small" in the standard menu.

      font4 (class Font4)
              Specifies  the  name   of   the   fourth   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Medium" in the standard menu.



                                   - 65 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      font5 (class Font5)
              Specifies  the   name   of   the   fifth   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Large" in the standard menu.

      font6 (class Font6)
              Specifies  the   name   of   the   sixth   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Huge" in the standard menu.

      font7 (class Font7)
              Specifies  the  name  of   the   seventh   alternative   font,
              corresponding to "Enormous" in the standard menu.

      fontDoublesize (class FontDoublesize)
              Specifies whether xterm should attempt to use font scaling  to
              draw  double-sized characters.  Some older font servers cannot
              do this properly, will return misleading  font  metrics.   The
              default  is  "true".  If disabled, xterm will simulate double-
              sized characters by  drawing  normal  characters  with  spaces
              between them.

      fontWarnings (class FontWarnings)
              Specify whether xterm should report an error if  it  fails  to
              load a font:

              0    Never report an error (though the X libraries may).

              1    Report an error if the font name was given as a  resource
                   setting.

              2    Always report an error on failure to load a font.

              The default is "1".

      forceBoxChars (class ForceBoxChars)
              Specifies whether xterm should  assume  the  normal  and  bold
              fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters:

              +   The fixed-pitch ISO-8859-*-encoded  fonts  used  by  xterm
                  normally  have the VT100 line-drawing glyphs in cells 131.
                  Other fixed-pitch fonts may be more attractive,  but  lack
                  these glyphs.

              +   When using an ISO-10646-1 font and the wideChars  resource
                  is  true,  xterm  uses  the Unicode glyphs which match the
                  VT100 line-drawing glyphs.

              The default is "false":

              +   If "false", xterm checks for missing glyphs  in  the  font



                                   - 66 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                  and makes line-drawing characters directly as needed.

                  When "false", xterm also shows  a  blank  where  otherwise
                  printable glyphs are missing from the current font.

              +   If "true", xterm assumes the font  does  not  contain  the
                  line-drawing characters, and draws them directly.

                  When "true", xterm also shows a dashed box  outline  where
                  otherwise  printable  glyphs  are missing from the current
                  font.

              The VT100 line-drawing character set (also known  as  the  DEC
              Special  Character  and  Line  Drawing  Set)  is shown in this
              table.  It includes a few special  characters  which  are  not
              used for drawing lines:

              l  l  l   _   _   _   l   l   l.    Cell Unicode   Description
              0    U+25AE    black  vertical  rectangle 1    U+25C6    black
              diamond 2    U+2592    medium shade 3    U+2409    symbol  for
              horizontal  tabulation  4    U+240C    symbol  for  form  feed
              5    U+240D    symbol        for        carriage        return
              6    U+240A    symbol for line feed 7    U+00B0    degree sign
              8    U+00B1    plus-minus   sign   9    U+2424    symbol   for
              newline    10   U+240B    symbol   for   vertical   tabulation
              11   U+2518    box    drawings    light    up     and     left
              12   U+2510    box    drawings    light    down    and    left
              13   U+250C    box   drawings    light    down    and    right
              14   U+2514    box     drawings    light    up    and    right
              15   U+253C    box  drawings  light  vertical  and  horizontal
              16   U+23BA    box drawings scan 1 17   U+23BB    box drawings
              scan   3   18   U+2500    box   drawings   light    horizontal
              19   U+23BC    box drawings scan 7 20   U+23BD    box drawings
              scan 9 21   U+251C    box drawings light  vertical  and  right
              22   U+2524    box    drawings   light   vertical   and   left
              23   U+2534    box   drawings   light   up   and    horizontal
              24   U+252C    box   drawings   light   down   and  horizontal
              25   U+2502    box       drawings        light        vertical
              26   U+2264    less-than  or  equal to 27   U+2265    greater-
              than  or  equal  to  28   U+03C0    greek  small   letter   pi
              29   U+2260    not    equal   to   30   U+00A3    pound   sign
              31   U+00B7    middle dot _

      forcePackedFont (class ForcePackedFont)
              Specifies whether xterm should  use  the  maximum  or  minimum
              glyph  width  when  displaying  using  a bitmap font.  Use the
              maximum width to help with proportional fonts.  The default is
              "true", denoting the minimum width.




                                   - 67 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      forceXftHeight (class ForceXftHeight)
              Specifies whether xterm should use the given font metrics  for
              TrueType  fonts,  or amend the ascent/descent to total no more
              than the given font-height.  This optional feature is used  to
              work    around    inconsistencies   in   FreeType's   rounding
              computation.  The  default  is  "false",  denoting  the  given
              metrics.

      foreground (class Foreground)
              Specifies the color to use for displaying text in the  window.
              Setting the class name instead of the instance name is an easy
              way to have everything that would normally appear in the  text
              color change color.  The default is "XtDefaultForeground".

      formatCursorKeys (class FormatCursorKeys)
              When modifyCursorKeys is 4 or greater, use modified form as in
              formatOtherKeys,  for  cursor-keys instead of the conventional
              form.  The default is "0".

      formatFunctionKeys (class FormatFunctionKeys)
              When modifyFunctionKeys is 4 or greater, use modified form  as
              in   formatOtherKeys,   for   function-keys   instead  of  the
              conventional form.  The default is "0".

      formatKeypadKeys (class FormatKeypadKeys)
              When modifyKeypadKeys is 4 or greater, use modified form as in
              formatOtherKeys,   for  numeric  keypad-keys  instead  of  the
              conventional form.  The default is "0".

      formatModifierKeys (class FormatModifierKeys)
              When modifyModifierKeys is 4 or greater, use modified form  as
              in   formatOtherKeys,   for   modifier-keys   instead  of  the
              conventional form.  The default is "0".

      formatOtherKeys (class FormatOtherKeys)
              Overrides the format of the escape  sequence  used  to  report
              modified keys with the modifyOtherKeys resource.

              0  send  modified  keys  as  parameters  for  function-key  27
                 (default).

              1  send modified keys as parameters for CSI u.

      formatSpecialKeys (class FormatSpecialKeys)
              When modifySpecialKeys is 4 or greater, use modified  form  as
              in   formatOtherKeys,   for   special   keys  instead  of  the
              conventional form.  The default is "0".

      freeBoldBox (class FreeBoldBox)



                                   - 68 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Specifies whether xterm should assume the bounding  boxes  for
              normal  and  bold  fonts  are  compatible.   If "false", xterm
              compares them and will reject choices of bold  fonts  that  do
              not  match  the  size  of  the  normal  font.   The default is
              "false", which means that the comparison is performed.

      geometry (class Geometry)
              Specifies the preferred size and position of the VTxxx window.
              There is no default for this resource.

      highlightColor (class HighlightColor)
              Specifies the color to use  for  the  background  of  selected
              (highlighted)  text.   If  not  specified  (i.e., matching the
              default foreground), reverse video is used.   The  default  is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

      highlightColorMode (class HighlightColorMode)
              Specifies whether  xterm  should  use  highlightTextColor  and
              highlightColor  to override the reversed foreground/background
              colors  in  a  selection.   The  default  is  unspecified:  at
              startup,  xterm checks if those resources are set to something
              other than  the  default  foreground  and  background  colors.
              Setting this resource disables the check.

              The following table shows the interaction of the  highlighting
              resources, abbreviated as shown to fit in this page:

              HCM
                 highlightColorMode

              HR highlightReverse

              HBG
                 highlightColor

              HFG
                 highlightTextColor















                                   - 69 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__





              l l l l l _ _ _ _ _ l l l l l.   HCM  HR   HBG  HFG  Highlight
              false     false     default   default   bg/fg
              false     false     default   set  bg/fg
              false     false     set  default   fg/HBG
              false     false     set  set  fg/HBG                         =
              false     true default   default   bg/fg
              false     true default   set  bg/fg
              false     true set  default   fg/HBG
              false     true set  set  fg/HBG                              =
              true false     default   default   bg/fg
              true false     default   set  HFG/fg
              true false     set  default   bg/HBG
              true false     set  set  HFG/HBG                             =
              true true default   default   bg/fg
              true true default   set  HFG/fg
              true true set  default   fg/HBG  true true set  set  HFG/HBG =
              default   false     default   default   bg/fg
              default   false     default   set  bg/fg
              default   false     set  default   fg/HBG
              default   false     set  set  HFG/HBG                        =
              default   true default   default   bg/fg
              default   true default   set  bg/fg
              default   true set  default   fg/HBG
              default   true set  set  HFG/HBG =

      highlightReverse (class HighlightReverse)
              Specifies  whether  xterm   should   reverse   the   selection
              foreground  and  background  colors  when  selecting text with
              reverse-video   attribute.    This   applies   only   to   the
              highlightColor  and  highlightTextColor  resources,  e.g.,  to
              match the color scheme of xwsh.  If "true", xterm reverses the
              colors, If "false", xterm does not reverse colors, The default
              is "true".

      highlightSelection (class HighlightSelection)
              Tells  xterm  whether  to  highlight  all  of   the   selected
              positions, or only the selected text:

              +   If  "false",  selecting  with  the  mouse  highlights  all
                  positions  on  the  screen  between  the  beginning of the
                  selection and the current position.

              +   If  "true",  xterm  highlights  only  the  positions  that
                  contain text that can be selected.

              The default is "false".




                                   - 70 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Depending on the way your applications write  to  the  screen,
              there  may be trailing blanks on a line.  Xterm stores data as
              it is shown on the screen.  Erasing the  display  changes  the
              internal  state  of  each cell so it is not considered a blank
              for the purpose of selection.  Blanks written since  the  last
              erase  are  selectable.   If  you do not wish to have trailing
              blanks in a selection, use the trimSelection resource.

      highlightTextColor (class HighlightTextColor)
              Specifies the color to use  for  the  foreground  of  selected
              (highlighted)  text.   If  not  specified  (i.e., matching the
              default background), reverse video is used.   The  default  is
              "XtDefaultBackground".

      hpLowerleftBugCompat (class HpLowerleftBugCompat)
              Specifies whether to work around a  bug  in  HP's  xdb,  which
              ignores  termcap  and  always sends ESC F to move to the lower
              left corner.  "true" causes xterm to  interpret  ESC  F  as  a
              request  to  move to the lower left corner of the screen.  The
              default is "false".

      i18nSelections (class I18nSelections)
              If false, xterm will not request the targets COMPOUND_TEXT  or
              TEXT.  The default is "true".  It may be set to false in order
              to work around ICCCM violations by other X clients.

      iconBorderColor (class BorderColor)
              Specifies the border color for the active icon window if  this
              feature  is compiled into xterm.  Not all window managers will
              make the icon border visible.

      iconBorderWidth (class BorderWidth)
              Specifies the border width for the active icon window if  this
              feature  is compiled into xterm.  The default is "2".  Not all
              window managers will make the border visible.

      iconFont (class IconFont)
              Specifies the font for the miniature active  icon  window,  if
              this feature is compiled into xterm.  The default is "nil2".

      incrementalGraphics (class IncrementalGraphics)
              When displaying  SIXEL  graphics,  refresh  the  screen  after
              processing each cell.  The default is "false".

      indicatorFormat (class IndicatorFormat)
              When displaying the  status  line  using  the  indicator  mode
              (i.e., selecting DECSSDT line type 1), format the status using
              this resource.




                                   - 71 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              The default value of the  resource  displays  the  version  of
              xterm, the cursor position and the time/date:

                  "%{version%}  %{position%}  %{unixtime%}"

              If a "%" marker does not match any of the three special tokens
              used  in  the default resource setting, xterm uses strftime(3)
              to interpret it.

      initialFont (class InitialFont)
              Specifies which of the VT100 fonts to use  initially.   Values
              are  the  same  as for the set-vt-font action.  The default is
              "d", i.e., "default".

      inputMethod (class InputMethod)
              Tells xterm which type of input method to use.   There  is  no
              default method.

      internalBorder (class BorderWidth)
              Specifies the number of pixels between the characters and  the
              window border.  The default is "2".

      italicULMode (class ColorAttrMode)
              Specifies whether  characters  with  the  underline  attribute
              should  be  displayed  in  an  italic  font  or  as underlined
              characters.  It is implemented only for TrueType fonts.

      jumpScroll (class JumpScroll)
              Specifies whether or not jump scroll  should  be  used.   This
              corresponds to the VT102 DECSCLM private mode.  The default is
              "true".  See fastScroll for a variation.

      keepClipboard (class KeepClipboard)
              Specifies whether xterm will reuse the selection data which it
              copied  to  the clipboard rather than asking the clipboard for
              its current contents when told to provide the selection.   The
              default is "false".

              If compiled into xterm, the menu entry Keep  Clipboard  allows
              you to change this at runtime.

      keepSelection (class KeepSelection)
              Specifies whether xterm will keep the selection even after the
              selected area was touched by some output to the terminal.  The
              default is "true".

              The menu entry Keep Selection allows you  to  change  this  at
              runtime.




                                   - 72 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      keyboardDialect (class KeyboardDialect)
              Specifies the initial keyboard dialect, as well as the default
              value when the terminal is reset.  The value given is the same
              as the final character in the control sequences  which  change
              character  sets.   The default is "B", which corresponds to US
              ASCII.

      limitFontsets (class LimitFontsets)
              Limits the number of TrueType fallback fonts  (i.e.,  fontset)
              which can be tested.  The default is "50".  No more than "255"
              will be scanned.

              This limits the number of fallback fonts which xterm  uses  to
              display  characters.   Because  TrueType  fonts  typically are
              small, xterm may open several fonts for good coverage, and may
              open  additional  fonts  to  obtain  information.  You can see
              which  font-files  xterm  opens  by  setting  the  environment
              variable XFT_DEBUG to 3.  The Xft library and xterm write this
              debugging trace to the standard output.

              Set this to "0" to disable fallbacks entirely.

      limitFontHeight (class LimitFontHeight)
              When scaling a TrueType  font  to  provide  the  parts  for  a
              double-high character, xterm compares the scaled font with the
              original to ensure that it is taller.

              The default is "10" (percent).

      limitFontWidth (class LimitFontWidth)
              When looking for fallback fonts, xterm checks to see that  the
              character  to  be  displayed  is the same width as the primary
              font.  If a character extends outside the font's bounding box,
              xterm will clip it, to fit.

              This resource controls the amount by which the  character  can
              extend outside its bounding box before xterm looks further for
              a better font.

              This resource is also  used  in  scaling  TrueType  fonts  for
              double-wide  characters,  like limitFontHeight for double-wide
              characters.

              The default is "10" (percent).

      limitResize (class LimitResize)
              Limits resizing of the screen via control sequence to a  given
              multiple of the display dimensions.  The default is "1".




                                   - 73 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      limitResponse (class LimitResponse)
              Limits the buffer-size used  when  xterm  replies  to  various
              control  sequences.  The default is "1024".  The minimum value
              is "256".

      locale (class Locale)
              Specifies how to use luit(1), an  encoding  converter  between
              UTF-8  and  locale  encodings.   The  resource value (ignoring
              case) may be:

              true
                  Xterm will  use  the  encoding  specified  by  the  users'
                  LC_CTYPE   locale   (i.e.,   LC_ALL,   LC_CTYPE,  or  LANG
                  variables) as far as possible.  This is realized by always
                  enabling   UTF-8  mode  and  invoking  luit  in  non-UTF-8
                  locales.

              medium
                  Xterm will follow users' LC_CTYPE locale only  for  UTF-8,
                  east Asian, and Thai locales, where the encodings were not
                  supported by conventional 8bit mode with  changing  fonts.
                  For other locales, xterm will use conventional 8bit mode.

              checkfont
                  If mini-luit is compiled-in, xterm will check if a Unicode
                  font  has  been  specified.   If  so,  it  checks  if  the
                  character  encoding  for  the  current  locale  is  POSIX,
                  Latin-1  or  Latin-9,  uses  the  appropriate  mapping  to
                  support those with the Unicode font.  For other encodings,
                  xterm assumes that UTF-8 encoding is required.

              false
                  Xterm will  use  conventional  8bit  mode  or  UTF-8  mode
                  according to utf8 resource or -u8 option.

              Any other value, e.g., "UTF-8" or "ISO8859-2", is  assumed  to
              be  an  encoding  name;  luit  will  be invoked to support the
              encoding.  The actual list of supported encodings  depends  on
              luit.  The default is "medium".

              Regardless of your locale  and  encoding,  you  need  an  ISO-
              10646-1  font  to  display the result.  Your configuration may
              not include this font, or locale-support by xterm may  not  be
              needed.

               At  startup,  xterm  uses  a  mechanism  equivalent  to   the
              load-vt-fonts(utf8Fonts,Utf8Fonts)  action  to  load font name
              subresources of the VT100 widget.  That is, resource  patterns
              such  as  "*vt100.utf8Fonts.font" will be loaded, and (if this



                                   - 74 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              resource is  enabled),  override  the  normal  fonts.   If  no
              subresources   are   found,   the   normal   fonts   such   as
              "*vt100.font", etc., are used.

              For instance, you could have this in your resource file:

                  *VT100.font: 12x24
                  *VT100.utf8Fonts.font:9x15

              When started with a UTF-8 locale, xterm would  use  9x15,  but
              allow  you  to  switch  to the 12x24 font using the menu entry
              "UTF-8 Fonts".

              The resource files  distributed  with  xterm  use  ISO-10646-1
              fonts, but do not rely on them unless you are using the locale
              mechanism.

      localeFilter (class LocaleFilter)
              Specifies the file name for  the  encoding  converter  from/to
              locale  encodings  and UTF-8 which is used with the -lc option
              or locale resource.  The help message shown by  "xterm  -help"
              lists   the  default  value,  which  depends  on  your  system
              configuration.

              If the encoding converter  requires  command-line  parameters,
              you can add those after the command, e.g.,

                  *localeFilter: xterm-filter -p

              Alternatively, you may put those  parameters  within  a  shell
              script  to  execute  the  converter,  and set this resource to
              point to the shell script.

              When using a locale-filter, e.g., with the -e option,  or  the
              shell,  xterm first tries passing control via that filter.  If
              it fails, xterm will retry without the  locale-filter.   Xterm
              warns about the failure before retrying.

      logFile (class Logfile)
              Specify the  name  for  xterm's  log  file.   If  no  name  is
              specified, xterm will generate a name when logging is enabled,
              as described in the -l option.

      logInhibit (class LogInhibit)
              If "true", prevent the logging  feature  from  being  enabled,
              whether  by  the command-line option -l, or the menu entry Log
              to File.  The default is "false".

      logging (class Logging)



                                   - 75 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              If "true", (and if logInhibit is not set) enable  the  logging
              feature.   This  resource  is set/updated by the -l option and
              the menu entry Log to File.  The default is "false".

      loginShell (class LoginShell)
              Specifies whether or not the shell to be  run  in  the  window
              should be started as a login shell.  The default is "false".

      marginBell (class MarginBell)
              Specifies whether or not the bell should be rung when the user
              types near the right margin.  The default is "false".

      maxGraphicSize (class MaxGraphicSize)
              If xterm is configured to support  ReGIS  or  SIXEL  graphics,
              this  resource  controls the maximum size of a graph which can
              be displayed.

              The default is "1000x1000" (given as width by height).

               If  the  resource  is  "auto"  then  xterm   will   use   the
              decGraphicsID resource (or decTerminalID if that is not set):

              l  l  _  _   r   r.    Result    decGraphicsID   768x400   125
              800x460   240    800x460   241   800x480   330   800x480   340
              860x750   382 800x480   other

      maxStringParse (class MaxStringParse)
              Xterm's state  parser  recognizes  several  types  of  control
              strings which can contain text, e.g.,

              APC (Application Program Command),
              DCS (Device Control String),
              OSC (Operating System Command),
              PM (Privacy Message), and
              SOS (Start of String),

              Xterm reads these strings, accumulating  them  into  a  buffer
              until  they  are  properly  terminated.   At that point, xterm
              interprets the strings.  If they happen to be DCS commands  to
              draw ReGIS images, these strings may be large, in the hundreds
              of kilobytes.  A few OSC  commands  may  be  as  large  as  10
              kilobytes.

              This resource sets a limit on the size of the buffer used  for
              these  strings.  The default is "__strings_max__" based on the
              features which are  configured  for  xterm.   Control  strings
              which require larger buffer size are ignored.

      metaSendsEscape (class MetaSendsEscape)



                                   - 76 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Tells xterm what to do with input-characters modified by Meta:

              +   If "true", Meta characters (a character combined with  the
                  Meta  modifier  key)  are  converted  into a two-character
                  sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.   This
                  applies  as well to function key control sequences, unless
                  xterm sees that Meta is used in your key translations.

              +   If "false", Meta characters input from  the  keyboard  are
                  handled according to the eightBitInput resource.

              The default is "__meta_sends_esc__".

      mkSamplePass (class MkSamplePass)
              If mkSampleSize is nonzero, and  mkWidth  (and  cjkWidth)  are
              false,  on  startup  xterm compares its built-in tables to the
              system's wide character width data to decide if  it  will  use
              the  system's data.  It tests the first mkSampleSize character
              values, and allows up to mkSamplePass  mismatches  before  the
              test   fails.    The   default  (for  the  allowed  number  of
              mismatches) is 655 (one  percent  of  the  default  value  for
              mkSampleSize).

      mkSampleSize (class MkSampleSize)
              With mkSamplePass, this specifies  a  startup  test  used  for
              initializing  wide  character width calculations.  The default
              (number of characters to check) is 65536.

      mkWidth (class MkWidth)
              Specifies whether xterm should use a built-in version  of  the
              wide  character  width  calculation.   See  also  the cjkWidth
              resource which can override this.  The default is "false".

              Here is a summary of the resources which control the choice of
              wide character width calculation:

              l  l  l   _   _   _   l   l   l.    cjkWidth  mkWidth   Action
              false     false     use  system tables subject to mkSamplePass
              false     true use built-in tables true false     use built-in
              CJK tables true true use built-in CJK tables

              To disable mkWidth, and use  the  system's  tables,  set  both
              mkSampleSize  and  mkSamplePass  to  "0".  Doing that may make
              xterm more consistent with applications running in xterm,  but
              may  omit  some font glyphs whose width correctly differs from
              the system's character tables.

      modifyCursorKeys (class ModifyCursorKeys)
              Tells how to handle the special case where  Control-,  Shift-,



                                   - 77 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Alt-  or  Meta-modifiers  are  used  to add a parameter to the
              escape sequence returned by a cursor-key.  X11 cursor keys are
              the four keys with arrow symbols:

                  Left Right Up Down

              as well as some commonly found on an "editing keypad"

                  Home Prior Page_Up Next Page_Down End Begin

              The default is "2":

              -1   disables the feature.

              0    uses the old/obsolete behavior, i.e., the modifier is the
                   first parameter.

              1    prefixes modified sequences with CSI.

              2    forces the modifier to be  the  second  parameter  if  it
                   would otherwise be the first.

              3    marks the sequence with a ">" to hint that it is private.

              4    changes the format to match modifyOtherKeys 3, sending an
                   escape sequence according to formatCursorKeys.

      modifyFunctionKeys (class ModifyFunctionKeys)
              Tells how to handle the special case where  Control-,  Shift-,
              Alt-  or  Meta-modifiers  are  used  to add a parameter to the
              escape sequence returned by a  (numbered)  function-key.   The
              default   is   "2".    The  resource  values  are  similar  to
              modifyCursorKeys:

              -1   permits the user to use shift- and  control-modifiers  to
                   construct  function-key strings using the normal encoding
                   scheme.

              0    uses the old/obsolete behavior, i.e., the modifier is the
                   first parameter.

              1    prefixes modified sequences with CSI.

              2    forces the modifier to be  the  second  parameter  if  it
                   would otherwise be the first.

              3    marks the sequence with a ">" to hint that it is private.

              4    changes the format to match modifyOtherKeys 3, sending an



                                   - 78 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                   escape sequence according to formatFunctionKeys.

              If modifyFunctionKeys is zero, xterm uses Control- and  Shift-
              modifiers  to  allow  the user to construct numbered function-
              keys beyond the set provided by the keyboard:

              Control
                   adds the value given by the ctrlFKeys resource.

              Shift
                   adds twice the value given by the ctrlFKeys resource.

              Control/Shift
                   adds  three  times  the  value  given  by  the  ctrlFKeys
                   resource.

      modifyKeyboard (class ModifyKeyboard)
              Normally  xterm  makes  a  special  case  regarding  modifiers
              (shift,  control,  etc.)  to  handle  special keyboard layouts
              (legacy and  vt220).   This  is  done  to  provide  compatible
              keyboards  for  DEC VT220 and related terminals that implement
              user-defined keys (UDK).

              The bits of the resource value selectively enable modification
              of  the given category when these keyboards are selected.  The
              default is "0":

              0    The legacy/vt220 keyboards interpret  only  the  Control-
                   modifier when constructing numbered function-keys.  Other
                   special keys are not modified.

              1    allows modification of the numeric keypad

              2    allows modification of the editing keypad

              4    allows modification of function-keys,  overrides  use  of
                   Shift-modifier for UDK.

              8    allows modification of other special keys

      modifyKeypadKeys (class ModifyKeypadKeys)
              Like modifyCursorKeys "4", tells xterm to construct an  escape
              sequence for numeric keypad keys.  The default is "0".

      modifyModifierKeys (class ModifyModifierKeys)
              Like modifyCursorKeys "4", tells xterm to construct an  escape
              sequence  for  modifier  (e.g., "shift") keys.  The default is
              "0".




                                   - 79 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      modifyOtherKeys (class ModifyOtherKeys)
              Like modifyCursorKeys "4", tells xterm to construct an  escape
              sequence  for ordinary (i.e., "other") keys (such as "2") when
              modified by Shift-, Control-, Alt-  or  Meta-modifiers.   This
              feature  does  not  apply  to  special  keys,  i.e.,  cursor-,
              keypad-,  function- or control-keys which are labeled on  your
              keyboard.    Those  have  key  symbols  which  XKB  identifies
              uniquely.

              The default is "0":

              0    disables this feature.

              1    enables this feature  for  keys  except  for  those  with
                   well-known   behavior,  e.g.,  Tab,  Backarrow  and  some
                   special control character cases which are built into  the
                   X11  library,  e.g.,  Control-Space  to  make  a  NUL, or
                   Control-3 to make an Escape character.

                   Except  for  those  special  cases  built  into  the  X11
                   library,  the  Shift-  and Control- modifiers are treated
                   normally.  The Alt- and  Meta-  modifiers  do  not  cause
                   xterm  to send escape sequences.  Those modifier keys are
                   interpreted  according  to  other  resources,  e.g.,  the
                   metaSendsEscape resource.

              2    enables this feature for keys  including  the  exceptions
                   listed.   Xterm  ignores the special cases built into the
                   X11 library.  Any shifted (modified) ordinary  key  sends
                   an  escape  sequence.  The Alt- and Meta- modifiers cause
                   xterm to send escape sequences.

              3    extends the feature to send  unmodified  keys  as  escape
                   sequences.

              The Xterm FAQ has an extended discussion of this feature, with
              examples:

              https://invisible-island.net/xterm/modified-keys.html

      modifySpecialKeys (class ModifySpecialKeys)
              Like modifyCursorKeys "4", tells xterm to construct an  escape
              sequence  for  special  keys  (e.g., "escape" not in the other
              categories).  The default is "0".

      multiClickTime (class MultiClickTime)
              Specifies the maximum time in milliseconds between multi-click
              select events.  The default is "250" milliseconds.




                                   - 80 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      multiScroll (class MultiScroll)
              Specifies  whether   or   not   scrolling   should   be   done
              asynchronously.  The default is "false".

      nMarginBell (class Column)
              Specifies the number of characters from the  right  margin  at
              which  the  margin  bell  should  be rung, when enabled by the
              marginBell resource.  The default is "10".

      nameKeymap (class NameKeymap)
              See the discussion of the keymap() action.

      nextEventDelay (class NextEventDelay)
              Specifies a delay time in milliseconds before checking for new
              X events.  The default is "1".

      numColorRegisters (class NumColorRegisters)
              If xterm is configured to support  ReGIS  or  SIXEL  graphics,
              this   specifies  the  number  of  color-registers  which  are
              available.

              If  this  resource  is  not  specified,  xterm  uses  a  value
              determined by the decTerminalID resource:

              l l  _  _  r  r.   Result    decTerminalID  4    125  4    240
              4    241 4    330 16   340 2    382 1024 other

      numLock (class NumLock)
              If "true", xterm checks if NumLock is used as a modifier  (see
              xmodmap(__mansuffix__)).   If  so,  this  modifier  is used to
              simplify the logic when implementing special NumLock  for  the
              sunKeyboard  resource.   Also  (when  sunKeyboard  is  false),
              similar logic is used to find the modifier associated with the
              left and right Alt keys.  The default is "true".

      oldXtermFKeys (class OldXtermFKeys)
              If "true", xterm will use old-style (X11R5)  escape  sequences
              for   function  keys  F1  to  F4,  for  compatibility  with  X
              Consortium xterm.  Otherwise, it uses the VT100 codes for  PF1
              to PF4.  The default is "false".

              Setting this resource has  the  same  effect  as  setting  the
              keyboardType  to  legacy.   The  keyboardType  resource is the
              preferred mechanism for selecting this mode.

              The old-style escape sequences resemble VT220 keys, but appear
              to have been invented for xterm in X11R4.

      on2Clicks (class On2Clicks)



                                   - 81 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      on3Clicks (class On3Clicks)

      on4Clicks (class On4Clicks)

      on5Clicks (class On5Clicks)
              Specify selection  behavior  in  response  to  multiple  mouse
              clicks.   A  single  mouse  click  is  always  interpreted  as
              described in the  Selection  Functions  section  (see  POINTER
              USAGE).    Multiple  mouse  clicks  (using  the  button  which
              activates the select-start action) are  interpreted  according
              to  the resource values of on2Clicks, etc.  The resource value
              can be one of these:

              word
                 Select a "word" as determined by  the  charClass  resource.
                 See the CHARACTER CLASSES section.

                 If the pointer is on a "word" then xterm searches  back  to
                 the beginning of the word, and then to the end.

                 If the pointer is not on a "word" then the  result  depends
                 on  whether  it  is on whitespace (including a newline), or
                 past the end of the line.  In the  latter  case  xterm  may
                 select a "word" beginning after the newline, if there is no
                 additional whitespace.

              line
                 Select a line (counting wrapping).

              group
                 Select a group of adjacent lines (counting wrapping).   The
                 selection  stops  on  a  blank  line,  and  does not extend
                 outside the current page.

              page
                 Select all visible lines, i.e., the page.

              all
                 Select all lines, i.e., including the saved lines.

              regex
                 Select the  best  match  for  the  POSIX  extended  regular
                 expression (ERE) which follows in the resource value:

                 +   Xterm matches the regular  expression  against  a  byte
                     array  for  the  entire  (possibly wrapped) line.  That
                     byte array may be UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1, depending on the
                     mode in which xterm is running.




                                   - 82 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                 +   Xterm steps through each  byte-offset  in  this  array,
                     keeping  track  of  the  best (longest) match.  If more
                     than one match ties for the longest length,  the  first
                     is used.

                     Xterm does this to make it convenient to click anywhere
                     in   the   area  of  interest  and  cause  the  regular
                     expression to match the entire word, etc.

                 +   The "^" and "$" anchors in a regular expression  denote
                     the ends of the entire line.

                 +   If the  regular  expression  contains  backslashes  "\"
                     those  should  be  escaped "\\" because the X libraries
                     interpret backslashes in resource strings.

              none
                 No selection  action  is  associated  with  this  resource.
                 Xterm  interprets  it as the end of the list.  For example,
                 you may use it to disable triple (and higher)  clicking  by
                 setting on3Clicks to "none".

              The default values for on2Clicks and on3Clicks are "word"  and
              "line", respectively.  There is no default value for on4Clicks
              or  on5Clicks,  making  those  inactive.   On  startup,  xterm
              determines  the  maximum  number  of  clicks  by the onXClicks
              resource values which are set.

      openIm (class OpenIm)
              Tells xterm whether to open the input method at startup.   The
              default is "true".

      pointerColor (class PointerColor)
              Specifies the foreground color of the pointer.  The default is
              "XtDefaultForeground".

      pointerColorBackground (class PointerColorBackground)
              Specifies the background color of the pointer.  The default is
              "XtDefaultBackground".

      pointerFont (class PointerFont)
              Specifies the font to be used for  the  pointer.   The  shapes
              specified  by  pointerShape  are  glyphs  in  this  font.  The
              resource value default is cursor.

      pointerMode (class PointerMode)
              Specifies when the pointer may be hidden as  the  user  types.
              It  will be redisplayed if the user moves the mouse, or clicks
              one of its buttons.



                                   - 83 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              0  never

              1  the application running in xterm has  not  activated  mouse
                 mode.  This is the default.

              2  always.

      pointerShape (class Cursor)
              Specifies the name of the shape of the pointer.   The  default
              is "xterm".

              Other shapes can be selected.  Here is a list  of  the  "core"
              (i.e., standard) names extracted from <X11/cursorfont.h>:

                X_cursor,  arrow,  based_arrow_down,  based_arrow_up,  boat,
                bogosity,      bottom_left_corner,      bottom_right_corner,
                bottom_side,  bottom_tee,  box_spiral,  center_ptr,  circle,
                clock,    coffee_mug,   cross,   cross_reverse,   crosshair,
                diamond_cross,  dot,  dotbox,   double_arrow,   draft_large,
                draft_small,  draped_box,  exchange,  fleur, gobbler, gumby,
                hand1, hand2, heart, icon, iron_cross, left_ptr,  left_side,
                left_tee, leftbutton, ll_angle, lr_angle, man, middlebutton,
                mouse,  pencil,  pirate,  plus,  question_arrow,  right_ptr,
                right_side,   right_tee,  rightbutton,  rtl_logo,  sailboat,
                sb_down_arrow,       sb_h_double_arrow,       sb_left_arrow,
                sb_right_arrow,   sb_up_arrow,  sb_v_double_arrow,  shuttle,
                sizing,   spider,   spraycan,    star,    target,    tcross,
                top_left_arrow, top_left_corner, top_right_corner, top_side,
                top_tee, trek, ul_angle, umbrella, ur_angle, watch, xterm

              If you are using a cursor theme, expect it to provide about  a
              third of those names, while adding others.

      popOnBell (class PopOnBell)
              Specifies whether the window would be raised when Control-G is
              received.  The default is "false".

              If the window is iconified, this has no effect.  However,  the
              zIconBeep  resource provides you with the ability to see which
              iconified windows have sounded a bell.

      precompose (class Precompose)
              Tells  xterm   whether   to   precompose   UTF-8   data   into
              Normalization  Form  C,  which  combines commonly-used accents
              onto base characters.  If it does not  do  this,  accents  are
              left as separate characters.  The default is "true".

      preeditType (class PreeditType)
              Tells xterm which types of preedit (preconversion)  string  to



                                   - 84 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              display.  The default is "OverTheSpot,Root".

      preferLatin1 (class PreferLatin1)
              Tells xterm whether to use DEC Supplemental  Graphic,  or  ISO
              Latin-1  for  the  user-preferred supplemental set (UPSS) when
              initializing character sets.  The  former  is  the  documented
              setting  for hardware terminals, but the latter is expected by
              most users.  The default is "true" (ISO Latin-1).

      printAttributes (class PrintAttributes)
              Specifies whether to print graphic attributes along  with  the
              text.   A  real  DEC  VTxxx terminal will print the underline,
              highlighting codes but your printer may not handle these.

              +   "0" disables the attributes.

              +   "1" prints the normal set of attributes (bold,  underline,
                  inverse and blink) as VT100-style control sequences.

              +   "2" prints ANSI color attributes as well.

              The default is "1".

      printFileImmediate (class PrintFileImmediate)
              When the print-immediate action is invoked, xterm  prints  the
              screen  contents directly to a file.  Set this resource to the
              prefix of the filename (a timestamp will be  appended  to  the
              actual name).

              The default is an empty string, i.e., "",  However,  when  the
              print-immediate  action  is  invoked,  if the string is empty,
              then "__default_class__" is used.

      printFileOnXError (class PrintFileOnXError)
              If xterm exits with an  X  error,  e.g.,  your  connection  is
              broken  when  the  server crashes, it can be told to write the
              contents of the screen to a file.  To enable the feature,  set
              this  resource to the prefix of the filename (a timestamp will
              be appended to the actual name).

              The default is an empty string, i.e., "", which disables  this
              feature.   However, when the print-on-error action is invoked,
              if the string is empty, then "XTermError" is used.

              These error codes are  handled:  ERROR_XERROR,  ERROR_XIOERROR
              and ERROR_ICEERROR.

      printModeImmediate (class PrintModeImmediate)
              When the print-immediate action is invoked, xterm  prints  the



                                   - 85 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              screen   contents  directly  to  a  file.   You  can  use  the
              printModeImmediate resource to tell it to use escape sequences
              to reconstruct the video attributes and colors.  This uses the
              same values as the printAttributes resource.  The  default  is
              "0".

      printModeOnXError (class PrintModeOnXError)
              Xterm  implements  the  printFileOnXError  feature  using  the
              printer  feature, although the output is written directly to a
              file.  You can use the printModeOnXError resource to  tell  it
              to  use  escape  sequences to reconstruct the video attributes
              and colors.  This uses the same values as the  printAttributes
              resource.  The default is "0".

      printOptsImmediate (class PrintOptsImmediate)
              Specify the range of text which is printed to a file when  the
              print-immediate action is invoked.

              +   If zero  (0),  then  this  selects  the  current  (visible
                  screen)  plus  the  saved  lines,  except if the alternate
                  screen is being used.  In that case,  only  the  alternate
                  screen is selected.

              +   If nonzero, the bits of this resource  value  (checked  in
                  descending order) select the range:

                  8  selects the saved lines.

                  4  selects the alternate screen.

                  2  selects the normal screen.

                  1  selects the current screen, which  can  be  either  the
                     normal or alternate screen.

              The default is "9", which selects the current  visible  screen
              plus  saved  lines,  with  no  special case for the alternated
              screen.

      printOptsOnXError (class PrintOptsOnXError)
              Specify the range of text which is printed to a file when  the
              print-on-error  action  is  invoked.   The  resource  value is
              interpreted the same as in printOptsImmediate.

              The default is "9", which selects the current  visible  screen
              plus  saved  lines,  with  no  special case for the alternated
              screen.

      printRawChars (class PrintRawChars)



                                   - 86 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              If "true", xterm allows Unicode non-characters to be printed.

      printerAutoClose (class PrinterAutoClose)
              If "true", xterm will close the  printer  (a  pipe)  when  the
              application  switches  the  printer  offline with a Media Copy
              command.  The default is "false".

      printerCommand (class PrinterCommand)
              Specifies a shell command to which xterm will open a pipe when
              the  first  MC (Media Copy) command is initiated.  The default
              is an empty string, i.e., "".  If the resource value is  given
              as an empty string, the printer is disabled.

      printerControlMode (class PrinterControlMode)
              Specifies the printer control mode.  A "1"  selects  autoprint
              mode, which causes xterm to print a line from the screen when

              +   you move the cursor off that line with a line  feed,  form
                  feed or vertical tab character, or

              +   an autowrap occurs.

              Autoprint mode is overridden by  printer  controller  mode  (a
              "2"),  which  causes  all  of the output to be directed to the
              printer.  The default is "0".

      printerExtent (class PrinterExtent)
              Controls whether a print page function will print  the  entire
              page  (true), or only the portion within the scrolling margins
              (false).  The default is "false".

      printerFormFeed (class PrinterFormFeed)
              Controls whether a form feed is sent to the printer at the end
              of a print page function.  The default is "false".

      printerNewLine (class PrinterNewLine)
              Controls whether a newline is sent to the printer at  the  end
              of a print page function.  The default is "true".

      privateColorRegisters (class PrivateColorRegisters)
              If xterm is configured to support  ReGIS  or  SIXEL  graphics,
              this controls whether xterm allocates separate color registers
              for each sixel device control string, e.g.,  for  DECGCI.   If
              not  true,  color  registers are allocated only once, when the
              terminal is reset, and color changes  in  any  graphic  affect
              all graphics.  The default is "true".

      quietGrab (class QuietGrab)
              Controls whether the cursor is repainted when  NotifyGrab  and



                                   - 87 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              NotifyUngrab  event types are received during change of focus.
              The default is "false".

      regisDefaultFont (class RegisDefaultFont)
              If  xterm  is  configured  to  support  ReGIS  graphics,  this
              resource  tells xterm which font to use if the ReGIS data does
              not specify one.  No default value is specified; xterm accepts
              a TrueType font specification as in the faceName resource.

              If no value is specified, xterm draws a  bitmap  indicating  a
              missing character.

      regisScreenSize (class RegisScreenSize)
              If  xterm  is  configured  to  support  ReGIS  graphics,  this
              resource  tells  xterm  the default size (in pixels) for these
              graphics, which also sets  the  default  coordinate  space  to
              [0,0] (upper-left) and [width,height] (lower-right).

              The application using ReGIS may use the "A" option of the  "S"
              command   to   adjust  the  coordinate  space  or  change  the
              addressable portion of the screen.

              Xterm accepts a special resource  value  "auto",  which  tells
              xterm  to use the decGraphicsID and decTerminalID resources to
              set the default size based on the hardware terminal's  limits.
              Those limits are the same as for the maxGraphicSize resource.

              The default is "auto".

      renderFont (class RenderFont)
              If xterm is built with the Xft library, this controls  whether
              the faceName resource is used.  The default is "default".

              The resource values are strings, evaluated as  booleans  after
              startup.

              false
                   disable the feature and use the normal (bitmap) font.

              true
                   startup using the TrueType font specified by the faceName
                   and faceSize resource settings.  If there is no value for
                   faceName, disable the feature and use the normal (bitmap)
                   font.

                   After startup, you can still switch  to/from  the  bitmap
                   font using the "TrueType Fonts" menu entry.

              default



                                   - 88 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                   Enable the "TrueType Fonts" menu entry to  allow  runtime
                   switching  to/from TrueType fonts.  The initial font used
                   depends upon whether the faceName resource is set:

                   +   If the faceName resource is not set, start  by  using
                       the  normal  (bitmap)  font.   Xterm  has  a separate
                       compiled-in value for faceName for this special case.
                       That is normally "mono".

                   +   If the faceName resource is set, then start by  using
                       the TrueType font rather than the bitmap font.

              defaultOff
                   Enable the "TrueType Fonts" menu entry to  allow  runtime
                   switching  to/from  TrueType  fonts,  but  allow it to be
                   initially unselected if no faceName resource was given.

      resizeByPixel (class ResizeByPixel)
              Set this "true" to disable hints to the  window  manager  that
              request resizing by character rather than pixels.

              Most window managers provide visual feedback showing the  size
              of  a  window  as  you resize it, using these hints.  When you
              maximize xterm, it disables those hints to  allow  the  window
              manager  to  make  better  use  of fractional rows or columns.
              Setting this resource disables the hints all the time.

              The default is "false".

      resizeGravity (class ResizeGravity)
              Affects the behavior when the window is resized to  be  taller
              or shorter.

              NorthWest
                 The top line of text on the screen should not move.  If the
                 window  is made shorter, lines are dropped from the bottom;
                 if the window is made taller, blank lines are added at  the
                 bottom.  This is compatible with the behavior in X11R4.

              SouthWest
                 The bottom line of text on the screen should not move  (the
                 default).   If  the window is made taller, additional saved
                 lines will be scrolled down onto the screen; if the  window
                 is  made shorter, lines will be scrolled off the top of the
                 screen, and the top saved lines will be dropped.

      retryInputMethod (class RetryInputMethod)
              Tells xterm how many times to retry, in case the  input-method
              server  is  not  responding.   This  is a different issue than



                                   - 89 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              unsupported preedit type, etc.  You may encounter  retries  if
              your  X  configuration (and its libraries) are missing pieces.
              Setting this resource to zero "0" will  cancel  the  retrying.
              The default is "3".

      reverseVideo (class ReverseVideo)
              Specifies whether or not reverse video  should  be  simulated.
              The default is "false".

              There are several aspects to reverse video in xterm:

              +   The command-line -rv  option  tells  the  X  libraries  to
                  reverse  the  foreground  and  background colors.  Xterm's
                  command-line options set resource values.  In  particular,
                  the  X Toolkit sets the reverseVideo resource when the -rv
                  option is used.

              +   If the user has also used command-line options -fg or  -bg
                  to  set  the  foreground and background colors, xterm does
                  not see these options directly.  Instead, it examines  the
                  resource  values  to reconstruct the command-line options,
                  and determine which of the colors is the  user's  intended
                  foreground,  etc.   Their  actual values are irrelevant to
                  the reverse  video  function;  some  users  prefer  the  X
                  defaults (black text on a white background), others prefer
                  white text on a black background.

              +   After startup, the user can  toggle  the  "Enable  Reverse
                  Video"  menu entry.  This exchanges the current foreground
                  and background colors of the VT100  widget,  and  repaints
                  the  screen.   Because  of  the  X resource hierarchy, the
                  reverseVideo resource  applies  to  more  than  the  VT100
                  widget.

              Programs running in an xterm can also use control sequences to
              enable the VT100 reverse video mode.  These are independent of
              the reverseVideo resource and the menu entry.  Xterm exchanges
              the current foreground and background colors when drawing text
              affected by these control sequences.

               Other  control  sequences  can  alter  the   foreground   and
              background colors which are used:

              +   Programs can also use the ANSI color control sequences  to
                  set the foreground and background colors.

              +   Extensions to the ANSI color controls (such as 16-, 88- or
                  256-colors) are treated similarly to the ANSI control.




                                   - 90 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              +    Using  other  control  sequences  (the  "dynamic  colors"
                  feature),   a   program  can  change  the  foreground  and
                  background colors.

      reverseWrap (class ReverseWrap)
              Specifies whether or not reverse-wraparound should be enabled.
              This  corresponds  to xterm's private mode 45.  The default is
              "false".

      rightScrollBar (class RightScrollBar)
              Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed  on
              the right rather than the left.  The default is "false".

      saveLines (class SaveLines)
              Specifies the number of lines to save beyond the  top  of  the
              screen when a scrollbar is turned on.  The default is "1024".

      scrollBar (class ScrollBar)
              Specifies whether or not the scrollbar  should  be  displayed.
              The default is "false".

      scrollBarBorder (class ScrollBarBorder)
              Specifies the width of the scrollbar border.  Note  that  this
              is drawn to overlap the border of the xterm window.  Modifying
              the scrollbar's border affects only the line between the VT100
              widget and the scrollbar.  The default value is 1.

      scrollKey (class ScrollCond)
              Specifies whether or not pressing a key  should  automatically
              cause  the  scrollbar  to  go  to  the bottom of the scrolling
              region.  This corresponds to xterm's private mode  1011.   The
              default is "false".

      scrollLines (class ScrollLines)
              Specifies  the  number  of  lines  that  the  scroll-back  and
              scroll-forw  actions  should  use  as  a default.  The default
              value is 1.

      scrollTtyOutput (class ScrollCond)
              Specifies  whether  or  not  output  to  the  terminal  should
              automatically  cause  the scrollbar to go to the bottom of the
              scrolling region.  The default is "true".

      selectToClipboard (class SelectToClipboard)
              Tells xterm whether to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD for SELECT
              tokens  in the selection mechanism.  The set-select action can
              change this  at  runtime,  allowing  the  user  to  work  with
              programs  that  handle  only  one  of  these  mechanisms.  The
              default is "false", which tells it to use PRIMARY.



                                   - 91 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      shiftEscape (class ShiftEscape)
              Xterm uses the  translations  resource  to  determine  how  to
              invoke  actions  for  selecting  and  copying  text  using the
              pointer (e.g., a mouse).  It also provides  a  mouse  protocol
              which  can  be  used  by  applications  running in an xterm to
              detect mouse button clicks.

              The  mouse  protocol  causes  xterm  to  send  special  escape
              sequences which allow an application to determine if modifiers
              (i.e., one or more of shift,  control,  alt,  and  meta)  were
              used.

              Xterm provides this mouse protocol by interpreting button- and
              motion-events in the functions which the translations resource
              calls for selecting and copying text:


                   insert-selection
                   select-end
                   select-extend
                   select-start
                   start-extend

              While the mouse protocol is active, xterm reserves most of the
              mouse  button  events  for sending special escape sequences to
              the application.  Xterm normally allows you to use the  shift-
              key  to  temporarily  override this mouse protocol, permitting
              the selection and copying actions to be used.

              The shiftEscape resource setting  allows  you  to  tell  xterm
              whether to use the shift-key in this way (i.e., overriding the
              mouse protocol).  Xterm accepts  either  a  keyword  (ignoring
              case) or the number shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                 Mouse protocol does not send special escapes when shift-key
                 is used.

              true (1)
                 Mouse protocol may send special escapes when  shift-key  is
                 used.

                 At startup, xterm analyzes the translations  to  see  which
                 buttons are used in the (mouse) button-related bindings for
                 selection and  copying  text.   If  the  shift-key  is  not
                 mentioned  explicitly  in  a button's binding, xterm allows
                 that  button  with  shift-key  for  overriding  the   mouse
                 protocol.




                                   - 92 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              always (2)
                 Mouse protocol can always send special escapes when  shift-
                 key is used.

              never (3)
                 Mouse protocol will never send special escapes when  shift-
                 key is used.

              Xterm interprets a control  sequence  which  can  change  this
              setting between "true" and "false".  The default is "false".

      shiftFonts (class ShiftFonts)
              Specifies whether to enable the actions  larger-vt-font()  and
              smaller-vt-font(),  which  are  normally  bound to the shifted
              KP_Add and KP_Subtract.  The default is "true".

      showBlinkAsBold (class ShowBlinkAsBold)
              Tells xterm whether to display text with  blink-attribute  the
              same  as  bold.   If  xterm has not been configured to support
              blinking text, the default is  "true",  which  corresponds  to
              older versions of xterm, otherwise the default is "false".

      showMissingGlyphs (class ShowMissingGlyphs)
              Tells xterm whether to display a box outlining places where  a
              character has been used that the font does not represent.  The
              default is "true".

      showWrapMarks (class ShowWrapMarks)
              For debugging xterm and applications that may  manipulate  the
              wrapped-line  flag by writing text at the right margin, show a
              mark on the right inner-border of the window.  The mark  shows
              which lines have the flag set.

      signalInhibit (class SignalInhibit)
              Specifies whether or not the entries in the Main Options  menu
              for  sending  signals  to  xterm  should  be  disallowed.  The
              default is "false".

      sixelScrolling (class SixelScrolling)
              If  xterm  is  configured  to  support  SIXEL  graphics,  this
              resource tells it whether to scroll up one line at a time when
              sixels would be written past the bottom line  on  the  window.
              The default is "true" which enables scrolling.

              Sixel scrolling is the opposite  of  DEC  Sixel  Display  Mode
              (DECSDM): when one is on, the other is off.

      sixelScrollsRight (class SixelScrollsRight)
              If  xterm  is  configured  to  support  SIXEL  graphics,  this



                                   - 93 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              resource  tells it whether to scroll to the right as needed to
              keep the current position visible  rather  than  truncate  the
              plot  on  the  on  the  right.   The  default is "false" which
              disables scrolling.

      tekGeometry (class Geometry)
              Specifies the preferred size and  position  of  the  Tektronix
              window.  There is no default for this resource.

      tekInhibit (class TekInhibit)
              Specifies  whether  or  not  the  escape  sequence  to   enter
              Tektronix mode should be ignored.  The default is "false".

      tekSmall (class TekSmall)
              Specifies whether or not  the  Tektronix  mode  window  should
              start  in  its smallest size if no explicit geometry is given.
              This is useful when  running  xterm  on  displays  with  small
              screens.  The default is "false".

      tekStartup (class TekStartup)
              Specifies whether or not xterm should start  up  in  Tektronix
              mode.  The default is "false".

      tiXtraScroll (class TiXtraScroll)
              Specifies whether xterm should  scroll  to  a  new  page  when
              processing  the  ti  or  te termcap strings, i.e., the private
              modes 47, 1047 or 1049.  This is only in effect if titeInhibit
              is  "true",  because the intent of this option is to provide a
              picture  of  the  full-screen  application's  display  on  the
              scrollback  without  wiping  out  the text that would be shown
              before the application was initialized.

              Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring case) or  the  number
              shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                   nothing is added to the scrollback.

              true (1)
                   the current screen is added to the scrollback.

              trim (2)
                   the current  screen  is  added  to  the  scrollback,  but
                   repeated  blank  lines  are  trimmed (reduced to a single
                   blank line).

              The default for this resource is "false".

      titeInhibit (class TiteInhibit)



                                   - 94 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Originally specified whether or not xterm should remove ti and
              te  termcap  entries (used to switch between alternate screens
              on startup of many screen-oriented programs) from the  TERMCAP
              string.

              TERMCAP is used rarely now, but xterm supports the feature  on
              modern systems:

              +   If set, xterm also ignores the escape sequence  to  switch
                  to the alternate screen.

              +   Xterm supports terminfo in  a  different  way,  supporting
                  composite  control sequences (also known as private modes)
                  1047, 1048 and 1049 which have  the  same  effect  as  the
                  original 47 control sequence.

              The default for this resource is "false".

      titleModes (class TitleModes)
              Tells xterm whether to accept  or  return  window-  and  icon-
              labels  in  ISO-8859-1  (the default) or UTF-8.  Either can be
              encoded in hexadecimal:

              +   UTF-8 titles require special treatment, because  they  may
                  contain   bytes   which   can   be  mistaken  for  control
                  characters.    Hexadecimal-encoding   is   supported    to
                  eliminate that possibility.

              +   As an alternative,  you  could  use  the  allowC1Printable
                  resource, which suppresses xterm's parsing of the relevant
                  control characters (and as a result, treats those bytes as
                  data).

              The default for this resource is "0".

              Each bit (bit "0" is 1, bit "1" is 2, etc.) corresponds to one
              of the parameters set by the title modes control sequence:

              0    Set window/icon labels using hexadecimal

              1    Query window/icon labels using hexadecimal

              2    Set window/icon labels using UTF-8 (gives the same effect
                   as the utf8Title resource).

              3    Query window/icon labels using UTF-8

      translations (class Translations)
              Specifies the key and button bindings for  menus,  selections,



                                   - 95 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              "programmed  strings",  etc.  The translations resource, which
              provides much of xterm's configurability, is a feature of  the
              X Toolkit Intrinsics library (Xt).  See the Actions section.

      trimSelection (class TrimSelection)
              If you set highlightSelection, you can see the text  which  is
              selected,  including any trailing spaces.  Clearing the screen
              (or a line) resets it to a state containing no  spaces.   Some
              lines  may  contain trailing spaces when an application writes
              them to the screen.  However, you may not wish to paste  lines
              with  trailing  spaces.   If this resource is true, xterm will
              trim trailing spaces from text which is selected.  It does not
              affect spaces which result in a wrapped line, nor will it trim
              the trailing newline from  your  selection.   The  default  is
              "false".

      underLine (class UnderLine)
              This  specifies  whether  or  not  text  with  the   underline
              attribute  should  be  underlined.   It  may  be  desirable to
              disable underlining when color is being used for the underline
              attribute.  The default is "true".

      useBorderClipping (class UseBorderClipping)
              Tell xterm whether  to  apply  clipping  when  useClipping  is
              false.  Unlike useClipping, this simply limits text to keep it
              within the window  borders,  e.g.,  as  a  refinement  to  the
              scaleHeight workaround.  The default is "false".

      useClipping (class UseClipping)
              Tell xterm whether to use clipping to keep from producing dots
              outside the text drawing area.  Originally used to work around
              for overstriking effects, this is also  needed  to  work  with
              some incorrectly-sized fonts.  The default is "true".

      utf8 (class Utf8)
              This specifies whether xterm will run in UTF-8 mode.   If  you
              set this resource, xterm also sets the wideChars resource as a
              side-effect.  The resource can  be  set  via  the  menu  entry
              "UTF-8 Encoding".  The default is "default".

              Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring case) or  the  number
              shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                 UTF-8 mode is initially off.  The command-line  option  +u8
                 sets  the  resource  to  this  value.  Escape sequences for
                 turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.

              true (1)



                                   - 96 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                 UTF-8 mode is initially on.  Escape sequences  for  turning
                 UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.

              always (2)
                 The command-line option  -u8  sets  the  resource  to  this
                 value.   Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are
                 ignored.

              default (3)
                 This is the default value of the resource.  It  is  changed
                 during  initialization  depending  on  whether  the  locale
                 resource was set, to false (0)  or  always  (2).   See  the
                 locale  resource  for  additional  discussion  of non-UTF-8
                 locales.

              If you want to set the value of utf8, it  should  be  in  this
              range.   Other  nonzero  values  are  treated the same as "1",
              i.e., UTF-8 mode is initially on,  and  escape  sequences  for
              turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.

      utf8Fonts (class Utf8Fonts)
              See the discussion of the  locale  resource.   This  specifies
              whether  xterm  will  use  UTF-8  fonts specified via resource
              patterns such as "*vt100.utf8Fonts.font" or normal  (ISO-8859-
              1) fonts via patterns such as "*vt100.font".  The resource can
              be set via the menu  entry  "UTF-8  Fonts".   The  default  is
              "default".

              Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring case) or  the  number
              shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                   Use the ISO-8859-1 fonts.  The  menu  entry  is  enabled,
                   allowing the choice of fonts to be changed at runtime.

              true (1)
                   Use the UTF-8 fonts.  The menu entry is enabled, allowing
                   the choice of fonts to be changed at runtime.

              always (2)
                   Always use the UTF-8 fonts.  This also disables the  menu
                   entry.

              default (3)
                   At startup,  the  resource  is  set  to  true  or  false,
                   according to the effective value of the utf8 resource.

      utf8Latin1 (class Utf8Latin1)
              If true, allow an ISO-8859-1 normal font to be  combined  with



                                   - 97 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              an  ISO-10646-1 font if the latter is given via the -fw option
              or its corresponding resource value.  The default is "false".

      utf8SelectTypes (class Utf8SelectTypes)
              Override  xterm's   default   selection   target   list   (see
              SELECT/PASTE)  for  selections in wide-character (UTF-8) mode.
              The default is an empty  string,  i.e.,  "",  which  does  not
              override anything.

      utf8Title (class Utf8Title)
              Applications can  set  xterm's  title  by  writing  a  control
              sequence.   Normally  this  control sequence follows the VT220
              convention, which encodes the string in ISO-8859-1 and  allows
              for  an  8-bit  string  terminator.   If xterm is started in a
              UTF-8 locale, it translates the ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8  to
              work with the X libraries which assume the string is UTF-8.

              However, some users may wish to write a title  string  encoded
              in  UTF-8.   The  window  manager  is  responsible for drawing
              window titles.  Some window managers (not all)  support  UTF-8
              encoding  of  window  titles.   Set this resource to "true" to
              also  set  UTF-8  encoded  title  strings   using   the   EWMH
              properties.

              This feature is available as a menu entry, since it is related
              to  the  particular applications you are running within xterm.
              You can also use a control sequence  (see  the  discussion  of
              "Title   Modes"   in  Xterm  Control  Sequences),  to  set  an
              equivalent flag (which can also be set  using  the  titleModes
              resource).

              Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring case) or  the  number
              shown in parentheses:

              false (0)
                   Set only ISO-8859-1 title strings, e.g., using the  ICCCM
                   WM_NAME  STRING  property.   The  menu  entry is enabled,
                   allowing the choice of title-strings  to  be  changed  at
                   runtime.

              true (1)
                   Set both the EWMH (UTF-8 strings) and the ICCCM  WM_NAME,
                   etc.   The  menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice to
                   be changed at runtime.

              always (2)
                   Always set both the EWMH (UTF-8 strings)  and  the  ICCCM
                   WM_NAME, etc.  This also disables the menu entry.




                                   - 98 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              default (3)
                   At startup,  the  resource  is  set  to  true  or  false,
                   according to the effective value of the utf8 resource.

              The default is "default".

      utf8Weblike (class Utf8Weblike)
              Provide an  alternate  error-handling  scheme  for  ill-formed
              UTF-8  as recommended in a W3C document.  The Unicode standard
              does  not  require  this  for  conformance.   Some  additional
              information can be found here:

              https://invisible-island.net/xterm/bad-utf8/

              The default is "false".

      veryBoldColors (class VeryBoldColors)
              Specifies whether to  combine  video  attributes  with  colors
              specified  by colorBD, colorBL, colorIT, colorRV, and colorUL.
              The resource value is the sum of values for each attribute:
                1 for reverse,
                2 for underline,
                4 for bold,
                8 for blink, and
                512 for italic

              The default is "0".

      visualBell (class VisualBell)
              Specifies whether or  not  a  visible  bell  (i.e.,  flashing)
              should  be  used  instead of an audible bell when Control-G is
              received.  The default is "false", which tells xterm to use an
              audible bell.

      visualBellDelay (class VisualBellDelay)
              Number of milliseconds to delay when displaying a visual bell.
              Default  is 100.  If set to zero, no visual bell is displayed.
              This is useful for very slow displays, e.g., an LCD display on
              a laptop.

      visualBellLine (class VisualBellLine)
              Specifies  whether  to  flash  only  the  current  line   when
              displaying  a  visual  bell  rather  than  flashing the entire
              screen: The default is "false", which tells xterm to flash the
              entire screen.

      vt100Graphics (class VT100Graphics)
              This specifies whether  xterm  will  interpret  VT100  graphic
              character  escape sequences while in UTF-8 mode.  This feature



                                   - 99 -       Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              also applies to code-pages (e.g., for  VT320  and  VT520)  and
              National  Replacement  Character  Sets (VT220 and up), but not
              US-ASCII (the initially  selected  character  set),  to  avoid
              conflict  with  UTF-8.   The  default  is  "true",  to provide
              support for various legacy applications.

      wideBoldFont (class WideBoldFont)
              This option specifies the font to be used for displaying  bold
              wide text.  By default, it will attempt to use a font twice as
              wide as the font that will be used to draw bold text.   If  no
              double-width  font  is found, it will improvise, by stretching
              the bold font.

      wideChars (class WideChars)
              Specifies if xterm should respond to  control  sequences  that
              process 16-bit characters.  The default is "false".

      wideFont (class WideFont)
              This option specifies the font to be used for displaying  wide
              text.  By default, it will attempt to use a font twice as wide
              as the font that will be used to  draw  normal  text.   If  no
              double-width  font  is found, it will improvise, by stretching
              the normal font.

      xftMaxGlyphMemory (class XftMaxGlyphMemory)
              Set the Xft library's limit on glyph memory  (typically  4Mb).
              When  it  reaches  this  limit,  it discards "randomly chosen"
              glyphs to make room for new ones.  The default is "0"  to  use
              Xft's default value.

      xftMaxUnrefFonts (class XftMaxUnrefFonts)
              Set the Xft library's limit on fonts which  have  been  loaded
              (typically 16), e.g., matching patterns for fallback searches,
              but are not actually used.  The default is "0"  to  use  Xft's
              default value.

      xftTrackMemUsage (class XftTrackMemUsage)
              Enables glyph memory tracking (introduced in Xft 2.3.5), which
              allows  Xft  to efficiently discard obsolete data when running
              short of memory.  The default is "false".

      ximFont (class XimFont)
              This option specifies the font to be used for  displaying  the
              preedit string in the "OverTheSpot" input method.

              In "OverTheSpot" preedit  type,  the  preedit  (preconversion)
              string  is displayed at the position of the cursor.  It is the
              XIM server's responsibility to  display  the  preedit  string.
              The  XIM  client  must  inform  the  XIM  server of the cursor



                                   - 100 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              position.  For  best  results,  the  preedit  string  must  be
              displayed  with  a  proper font.  Therefore, xterm informs the
              XIM server of the proper font.  The font is be supplied  by  a
              "fontset",  whose  default  value  is "*".  This matches every
              font, the X library automatically chooses  fonts  with  proper
              charsets.   The  ximFont resource is provided to override this
              default font setting.

    Tek4014 Widget Resources
      The following resources are specified as part of  the  tek4014  widget
      (class   Tek4014).    These   are   specified   by  patterns  such  as
      "__default_class__.tek4014.NAME":

      font2 (class Font)
              Specifies font number 2 to use in the Tektronix window.

      font3 (class Font)
              Specifies font number 3 to use in the Tektronix window.

      fontLarge (class Font)
              Specifies the large font to use in the Tektronix window.

      fontSmall (class Font)
              Specifies the small font to use in the Tektronix window.

      ginTerminator (class GinTerminator)
              Specifies what character(s) should  follow  a  GIN  report  or
              status  report.   The possibilities are "none", which sends no
              terminating  characters,  "CRonly",  which   sends   CR,   and
              "CR&EOT", which sends both CR and EOT.  The default is "none".

      height (class Height)
              Specifies the height of the Tektronix window in pixels.

      initialFont (class InitialFont)
              Specifies which of the four Tektronix fonts to use  initially.
              Values  are  the  same  as  for  the set-tek-text action.  The
              default is "large".

      width (class Width)
              Specifies the width of the Tektronix window in pixels.

    Menu Resources
      The resources  that  may  be  specified  for  the  various  menus  are
      described  in the documentation for the Athena SimpleMenu widget.  The
      name and classes of the entries in each of the menus are listed below.
      Resources  named "lineN" where N is a number are separators with class
      SmeLine.




                                   - 101 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      As with  all  X  resource-based  widgets,  the  labels  mentioned  are
      customary defaults for the application.

      The Main  Options  menu  (widget  name  mainMenu)  has  the  following
      entries:

      toolbar (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-toolbar(toggle) action.

      securekbd (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the secure() action.

      allowsends (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-send-events(toggle) action.

      redraw (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the redraw() action.

      logging (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the logging(toggle) action.

      print-immediate (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the print-immediate() action.

      print-on-error (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the print-on-error() action.

      print (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the print() action.

      print-redir (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the print-redir() action.

      dump-html (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the dump-html() action.

      dump-svg (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the dump-svg() action.

      8-bit-control (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-8-bit-control(toggle) action.

      backarrow key (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-backarrow(toggle) action.

      num-lock (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-num-lock(toggle) action.

      alt-esc (class SmeBSB)



                                   - 102 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This entry invokes the alt-sends-escape(toggle) action.

      meta-esc (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the meta-sends-escape(toggle) action.

      delete-is-del (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the delete-is-del(toggle) action.

      oldFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-old-function-keys(toggle) action.

      hpFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-hp-function-keys(toggle) action.

      scoFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-sco-function-keys(toggle) action.

      sunFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-sun-function-keys(toggle) action.

      sunKeyboard (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the sunKeyboard(toggle) action.

      suspend (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the  send-signal(tstp)  action  on  systems
              that support job control.

      continue (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the  send-signal(cont)  action  on  systems
              that support job control.

      interrupt (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the send-signal(int) action.

      hangup (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the send-signal(hup) action.

      terminate (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the send-signal(term) action.

      kill (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the send-signal(kill) action.

      quit (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the quit() action.

      The VT Options menu (widget name vtMenu) has the following entries:

      scrollbar (class SmeBSB)



                                   - 103 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This entry invokes the set-scrollbar(toggle) action.

      jumpscroll (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-jumpscroll(toggle) action.

      reversevideo (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-reverse-video(toggle) action.

      autowrap (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-autowrap(toggle) action.

      reversewrap (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-reversewrap(toggle) action.

      autolinefeed (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-autolinefeed(toggle) action.

      appcursor (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-appcursor(toggle) action.

      appkeypad (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-appkeypad(toggle) action.

      scrollkey (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-scroll-on-key(toggle) action.

      scrollttyoutput (class SmeBSB)
              This  entry   invokes   the   set-scroll-on-tty-output(toggle)
              action.

      allow132 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-allow132(toggle) action.

      cursesemul (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-cursesemul(toggle) action.

      keepSelection (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-keep-selection(toggle) action.

      selectToClipboard (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-keep-clipboard(toggle) action.

      visualbell (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-visual-bell(toggle) action.

      bellIsUrgent (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-bellIsUrgent(toggle) action.

      poponbell (class SmeBSB)



                                   - 104 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This entry invokes the set-pop-on-bell(toggle) action.

      cursorblink (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-cursorblink(toggle) action.

      titeInhibit (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-titeInhibit(toggle) action.

      activeicon (class SmeBSB)
              This entry toggles active icons on and off if this feature was
              compiled  into xterm.  It is enabled only if xterm was started
              with the command line option +ai or the activeIcon resource is
              set to "true".

      softreset (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the soft-reset() action.

      hardreset (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the hard-reset() action.

      clearsavedlines (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the clear-saved-lines() action.

      tekshow (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-visibility(tek,toggle) action.

      tekmode (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-terminal-type(tek) action.

      vthide (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-visibility(vt,off) action.

      altscreen (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-altscreen(toggle) action.

      sixelScrolling (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-sixel-scrolling(toggle) action.

      privateColorRegisters (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-private-colors(toggle) action.

      The VT Fonts menu (widget name fontMenu) has the following entries:

      fontdefault (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(d) action, setting the font
              using  the  font  (default)  resource,  e.g., "Default" in the
              menu.

      font1 (class SmeBSB)



                                   - 105 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(1) action, setting the font
              using the font1 resource, e.g., "Unreadable" in the menu.

      font2 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(2) action, setting the font
              using the font2 resource, e.g., "Tiny" in the menu.

      font3 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(3) action, setting the font
              using the font3 resource, e.g., "Small" in the menu.

      font4 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(4) action, letting the font
              using the font4 resource, e.g., "Medium" in the menu.

      font5 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(5) action, letting the font
              using the font5 resource, e.g., "Large" in the menu.

      font6 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(6) action, letting the font
              using the font6 resource, e.g., "Huge" in the menu.

      font7 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(7) action, letting the font
              using the font7 resource, e.g., "Enormous" in the menu.

      fontescape (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(e) action.

      fontsel (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-vt-font(s) action.

      allow-bold-fonts (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-bold-fonts(toggle) action.

      font-linedrawing (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-font-linedrawing(s) action.

      font-packed (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-font-packed(s) action.

      font-doublesize (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-font-doublesize(s) action.

      render-font (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-render-font(s) action.

      utf8-fonts (class SmeBSB)



                                   - 106 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              This entry invokes the set-utf8-fonts(s) action.

      utf8-mode (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-utf8-mode(s) action.

      utf8-title (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-utf8-title(s) action.

      allow-color-ops (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-color-ops(toggle) action.

      allow-font-ops (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-font-ops(toggle) action.

      allow-mouse-ops (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-mouse-ops(toggle) action.

      allow-tcap-ops (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-tcap-ops(toggle) action.

      allow-title-ops (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-title-ops(toggle) action.

      allow-window-ops (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the allow-window-ops(toggle) action.

      The Tek Options menu (widget name tekMenu) has the following entries:

      tektextlarge (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-tek-text(large) action.

      tektext2 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-tek-text(2) action.

      tektext3 (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-tek-text(3) action.

      tektextsmall (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-tek-text(small) action.

      tekpage (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the tek-page() action.

      tekreset (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the tek-reset() action.

      tekcopy (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the tek-copy() action.




                                   - 107 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      vtshow (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-visibility(vt,toggle) action.

      vtmode (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-terminal-type(vt) action.

      tekhide (class SmeBSB)
              This entry invokes the set-visibility(tek,toggle) action.

    Scrollbar Resources
      The following resources are  useful  when  specified  for  the  Athena
      Scrollbar widget:

      background (class Background)
              Specifies  the  color  to  use  for  the  background  of   the
              scrollbar.

      foreground (class Foreground)
              Specifies  the  color  to  use  for  the  foreground  of   the
              scrollbar.

      thickness (class Thickness)
              Specifies the width in pixels of the scrollbar (default: 14).

              This may be overridden by the width resource.

      thumb (class Thumb)
              The default "thumb" pixmap used for the scrollbar is a  simple
              checkerboard  pattern  alternating  pixels  for foreground and
              background color.

      width (class Width)
              Specifies the width in pixels of the scrollbar (default: 0).

               The  widget  checks  the  width  resource  first,  using  the
              thickness value if the width is zero.

 POINTER USAGE
      Once the VTxxx window is created, xterm allows you to select text  and
      copy  it  within  the  same  or other windows using the pointer or the
      keyboard.

      A  "pointer"  could  be  a  mouse,  touchpad  or  similar  device.   X
      applications  generally do not care, since they see only button events
      which have

      +   position and

      +   button up/down state



                                   - 108 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      Xterm can see these events as long as it has focus.

      The keyboard also supplies events, but it is less  flexible  than  the
      pointer for selecting/copying text.

      Events are applied to actions using the  translations  resource.   See
      Actions for a complete list, and Default Key Bindings for the built-in
      set of translations resources.

    Selection Functions
      By default, the selection  functions  are  invoked  when  the  pointer
      buttons  are  used  with no modifiers, and when they are used with the
      "shift" key.  The "shift" key is special, because xterm uses  that  to
      ensure  that  selection  functions  are  still  available  when  it is
      programmed to send escape sequences in one of  the  mouse  modes  (see
      Xterm Control Sequences, as well as the resource disallowedMouseOps).

      At startup, xterm inspects the  translations  resource  to  see  which
      pointer  buttons  may be used in this way, and remembers these buttons
      when deciding whether to send escape sequences  or  perform  selection
      when  those buttons are used with the "shift" modifier.  Other pointer
      buttons, e.g., typically those sent for wheel mouse  events,  are  not
      affected.

      The assignment of the functions described below to  keys  and  buttons
      may be changed through the resource database; see Actions below.

      Pointer button one (usually left)
           is used to save text into the cut buffer:

               ~Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start()

           Move the cursor to beginning of  the  text,  and  then  hold  the
           button  down while moving the cursor to the end of the region and
           releasing the button.  The selected text is  highlighted  and  is
           saved  in  the  global cut buffer and made the selection when the
           button is released:

               <BtnUp>:select-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n

           Normally (but see the discussion of on2Clicks, etc):

           +   Double-clicking selects by words.

           +   Triple-clicking selects by lines.

           +   Quadruple-clicking goes back to characters, etc.

           Multiple-click is determined by the time from button up to button



                                   - 109 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           down,  so  you  can  change the selection unit in the middle of a
           selection.  Logical  words  and  lines  selected  by  double-  or
           triple-clicking  may  wrap  across  more  than one screen line if
           lines were wrapped by xterm itself rather than by the application
           running  in  the window.  If the key/button bindings specify that
           an X selection is to be made, xterm will leave the selected  text
           highlighted for as long as it is the selection owner.

      Pointer button two (usually middle)
           "types" (pastes) the text  from  the  given  selection,  if  any,
           otherwise from the cut buffer, inserting it as keyboard input:

               ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0)

      Pointer button three (usually right)
           extends the current selection.

               ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:start-extend()

           (Without loss of generality, you  can  swap  "right"  and  "left"
           everywhere  in  the  rest  of  this paragraph.)  If pressed while
           closer to the right edge of  the  selection  than  the  left,  it
           extends/contracts  the  right  edge  of  the  selection.   If you
           contract the selection past the left edge of the selection, xterm
           assumes  you  really  meant  the left edge, restores the original
           selection, then extends/contracts the left edge of the selection.
           Extension  starts  in  the  selection  unit  mode  that  the last
           selection or extension was performed in; you  can  multiple-click
           to cycle through them.

      By cutting and pasting pieces of text without trailing new lines,  you
      can  take  text  from  several  places in different windows and form a
      command to the shell, for example, or take output from a  program  and
      insert  it  into your favorite editor.  Since cut buffers are globally
      shared among different applications, you may regard each as  a  "file"
      whose  contents  you  know.   The  terminal  emulator  and  other text
      programs should be treating it as if it were a text  file,  i.e.,  the
      text is delimited by new lines.

    Scrolling
      The scroll region displays the position and amount of  text  currently
      showing  in  the  window  (highlighted) relative to the amount of text
      actually saved.  As more text is saved (up to the maximum),  the  size
      of the highlighted area decreases.

      Clicking button one with the pointer in the scroll  region  moves  the
      adjacent line to the top of the display window.

      Clicking button three moves the top line of the display window down to



                                   - 110 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      the pointer position.

      Clicking button two moves the display to a position in the saved  text
      that corresponds to the pointer's position in the scrollbar.

    Tektronix Pointer
      Unlike the VTxxx window, the  Tektronix  window  does  not  allow  the
      copying  of  text.  It does allow Tektronix GIN mode, and in this mode
      the cursor will change from an arrow to a  cross.   Pressing  any  key
      will  send  that  key  and the current coordinate of the cross cursor.
      Pressing button one, two, or three will return the letters  "l",  "m",
      and  "r",  respectively.  If the "shift" key is pressed when a pointer
      button is pressed, the corresponding upper case letter  is  sent.   To
      distinguish a pointer button from a key, the high bit of the character
      is set (but this is bit is normally stripped unless the terminal  mode
      is RAW; see tty(4) for details).

 SELECT/PASTE
      X clients provide select and paste support by responding  to  requests
      conveyed  by  the  X server.  The X server holds data in "atoms" which
      correspond to the different types of  selection  (PRIMARY,  SECONDARY,
      CLIPBOARD) as well as the similar cut buffer mechanism (CUT_BUFFER0 to
      CUT_BUFFER7).  Those are documented in the ICCCM.

      The ICCCM deals with the underlying mechanism  for  select/paste.   It
      does  not  mention  highlighting.   The  selection  is not the same as
      highlighting.  Xterm (like many  applications)  uses  highlighting  to
      show  you  the  currently  selected  text.  An X application may own a
      selection, which allows it to be the source of  data  copied  using  a
      given  selection  atom  Xterm may continue owning a selection after it
      stops highlighting (see keepSelection).

      Xterm provides selection data using the cells of characters  which  it
      displays.   It  fills those cells using sequences of bytes and control
      sequences:

      +   By default, xterm uses UTF-8 encoding if  your  locale  uses  that
          encoding.  The utf8 and locale resources control that behavior.

           When  decoding  UTF-8,  xterm  may  compose  certain  base-   and
          combining-characters.   Use  the  precompose resource to enable or
          disable this feature.

           Xterm  has  other  resources  for  specialized  encoding   needs,
          including allowC1Printable, showMissingGlyphs, and utf8Weblike.

      +   Xterm stores base- and combining characters for each cell  in  its
          window.   It  does  not store the sequence of bytes which composed
          those characters.   Selection  uses  the  characters  which  xterm



                                   - 111 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



          stores in each cell.

          If the selection target accepts UTF-8, xterm  copies  all  of  the
          base-  and  combining  characters to the target.  If the selection
          target does not accept UTF-8, e.g., to a cut buffer, xterm  copies
          only  what the target accepts, using the defaultString resource to
          fill cells which cannot be represented in the target.

      +   All of the cells in xterm's window  are  uninitialized  at  first.
          Erasing  the  screen makes the cells uninitialized.  Uninitialized
          cells are displayed as spaces.

          By default, selecting rows on xterm's window will highlight all of
          the  cells  that  the  pointer traverses while you select.  If the
          highlightSelection resource  is  set,  xterm  will  not  highlight
          trailing uninitialized cells on the selected rows.

          The trimSelection resource allows you to discard  trailing  blanks
          from  each  selected row, both from uninitialized cells as well as
          those written by an application.

      +   As xterm writes characters in its window, and wraps  text  at  the
          right  margin,  it  remembers  that the text was wrapped.  Use the
          showWrapMarks resource to show this in the window.

    PRIMARY
      When configured to use the primary selection (the default), xterm  can
      provide  the  selection  data  in  ways which help to retain character
      encoding information as it is pasted.

      The PRIMARY token is a standard X feature,  documented  in  the  ICCCM
      (Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual), which states

         The selection named by the atom PRIMARY is used  for  all  commands
         that  take  only  a  single  argument and is the principal means of
         communication between clients that use the selection mechanism.

      A user "selects" text on xterm, which highlights the selected text.  A
      subsequent  "paste" to another client forwards a request to the client
      owning the selection.  If xterm owns the primary selection,  it  makes
      the data available in the form of one or more "selection targets".  If
      it does not own the primary selection, e.g., if it has released it  or
      another  client  has  asserted  ownership, it relies on cut-buffers to
      pass  the  data.   But  cut-buffers  handle   only   ISO-8859-1   data
      (officially - some clients ignore the rules).

    CLIPBOARD
      When configured to use  the  clipboard  (using  the  selectToClipboard
      resource),  the  problem  with  persistence  of ownership is bypassed.



                                   - 112 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      Otherwise, there is no difference regarding  the  data  which  can  be
      passed via selection.

      The selectToClipboard resource is a compromise, allowing CLIPBOARD  to
      be  treated  almost  like  PRIMARY,  unlike the ICCCM, which describes
      CLIPBOARD in different terms than PRIMARY or SECONDARY.   Its  lengthy
      explanation begins with the essential points:

         The selection named by the atom CLIPBOARD is used to hold data that
         is being transferred between clients, that is, data that usually is
         being cut and then pasted or copied and then  pasted.   Whenever  a
         client wants to transfer data to the clipboard:

         +   It should assert ownership of the CLIPBOARD.

         +   If it succeeds in acquiring ownership, it should be prepared to
             respond  to  a request for the contents of the CLIPBOARD in the
             usual way (retaining the data to be able to  return  it).   The
             request  may  be  generated  by  the clipboard client described
             below.

    SELECT
      However,  many  applications  use  CLIPBOARD  in  imitation  of  other
      windowing  systems.  The selectToClipboard resource (and corresponding
      menu entry Select to Clipboard) introduce the SELECT token (known only
      to xterm) which chooses between the PRIMARY and CLIPBOARD tokens.

      Without using this feature, one can use workarounds such as the  xclip
      program  to  show  the  contents  of  the  X clipboard within an xterm
      window.

    SECONDARY
      This is used less often than PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD.  According  to  the
      ICCCM, it is used

      +   As the second argument  to  commands  taking  two  arguments  (for
          example, "exchange primary and secondary selections")

      +   As a means of obtaining data when there is a primary selection and
          the user does not want to disturb it

    Selection Targets
      The different types of data  which  are  passed  depend  on  what  the
      receiving client asks for.  These are termed selection targets.

      When asking for the selection data, xterm tries the following types in
      this order:

           UTF8_STRING



                                   - 113 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                This is an XFree86 extension, which denotes that the data is
                encoded  in  UTF-8.  When xterm is built with wide-character
                support, it both accepts and provides this type.

           TEXT the text is  in  the  encoding  which  corresponds  to  your
                current locale.

           COMPOUND_TEXT
                this is a format for multiple character set  data,  such  as
                multi-lingual  text.   It  can store UTF-8 data as a special
                case.

           STRING
                This is Latin 1 (ISO-8859-1) data.

      The middle  two  (TEXT  and  COMPOUND_TEXT)  are  added  if  xterm  is
      configured with the i18nSelections resource set to "true".

      UTF8_STRING is preferred (therefore first in  the  list)  since  xterm
      stores  text  as Unicode data when running in wide-character mode, and
      no translation is needed.  On the other hand, TEXT  and  COMPOUND_TEXT
      may  require translation.  If the translation is incomplete, they will
      insert X's "defaultString" whose value cannot be set, and  may  simply
      be  empty.  Xterm's defaultString resource specifies the string to use
      for incomplete translations of the UTF8_STRING.

      You   can   alter   the   types   which   xterm   tries   using    the
      eightBitSelectTypes  or  utf8SelectTypes resources.  For instance, you
      might have some specific locale  setting  which  does  not  use  UTF-8
      encoding.   The  resource  value  is  a  comma-separated  list  of the
      selection targets, which consist of the names shown.  You can use  the
      special  name  I18N  to  denote  the  optional  inclusion  of TEXT and
      COMPOUND_TEXT.  The names  are  matched  ignoring  case,  and  can  be
      abbreviated.  The default list can be expressed in several ways, e.g.,

           UTF8_STRING,I18N,STRING
           utf8,i18n,string
           u,i,s

    Mouse Protocol
      Applications can send escape sequences to xterm to cause  it  to  send
      escape sequences back to the computer when you press a pointer button,
      or even (depending on which escape  sequence)  send  escape  sequences
      back to the computer as you move the pointer.

      These escape sequences and the responses, called the  mouse  protocol,
      are  documented in XTerm Control Sequences.  They do not appear in the
      actions invoked by the translations resource because the resource does
      not  change  while  you run xterm, whereas applications can change the



                                   - 114 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      mouse prototol (i.e., enable, disable, use different modes).

      However, the mouse protocol is interpreted within the actions that are
      usually  associated with the pointer buttons.  Xterm ignores the mouse
      protocol in the insert-selection action if the shift-key is pressed at
      the  same time.  It also modifies a few other actions if the shift-key
      is pressed, e.g., suppressing the response with the pointer  position,
      though not eliminating changes to the selected text.

 MENUS
      Xterm has four menus, named mainMenu, vtMenu, fontMenu,  and  tekMenu.
      Each  menu  pops  up  under the correct combinations of key and button
      presses.   Each  menu  is  divided  into  sections,  separated  by   a
      horizontal  line.   Some  menu entries correspond to modes that can be
      altered.  A check mark appears  next  to  a  mode  that  is  currently
      active.   Selecting  one of these modes toggles its state.  Other menu
      entries are commands; selecting one of these  performs  the  indicated
      function.

      All of the menu entries correspond to X actions.  In the  list  below,
      the menu label is shown followed by the action's name in parenthesis.

    Main Options
      The xterm mainMenu pops up when the "control" key and  pointer  button
      one  are  pressed in a window.  This menu contains items that apply to
      both the VTxxx and Tektronix windows.  There are several sections:

      Commands for managing X events:

           Toolbar (resource toolbar)
                Clicking on the "Toolbar" menu entry hides the toolbar if it
                is visible, and shows it if it is not.

           Secure Keyboard (resource securekbd)
                The Secure Keyboard mode is helpful when typing in passwords
                or  other  sensitive  data  in  an unsecure environment (see
                SECURITY below, but read the limitations carefully).

           Allow SendEvents (resource allowsends)
                Specifies whether or not synthetic  key  and  button  events
                generated  using  the X protocol SendEvent request should be
                interpreted  or  discarded.    This   corresponds   to   the
                allowSendEvents resource.

           Redraw Window (resource redraw)
                Forces  the  X  display   to   repaint;   useful   in   some
                environments.

      Commands for capturing output:



                                   - 115 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           Log to File (resource logging)
                Captures text sent to the screen in a log file, as in the -l
                logging option.

           Print-All Immediately (resource print-immediate)
                Invokes the print-immediate action, sending the text of  the
                current  window  directly  to  a  file,  as specified by the
                printFileImmediate,          printModeImmediate          and
                printOptsImmediate resources.

           Print-All on Error (resource print-on-error)
                Invokes the print-on-error  action,  which  toggles  a  flag
                telling  xterm that if it exits with an X error, to send the
                text of the current window directly to a file, as  specified
                by     the    printFileOnXError,    printModeOnXError    and
                printOptsOnXError resources.

           Print Window (resource print)
                Sends the text of the current window to the program given in
                the printerCommand resource.

           Redirect to Printer (resource print-redir)
                This sets the printerControlMode to 0 or  2.   You  can  use
                this  to  turn  the printer on as if an application had sent
                the appropriate control sequence.  It  is  also  useful  for
                switching  the  printer  off  if  an application turns it on
                without resetting the print control mode.

           XHTML Screen Dump (resource dump-html)
                Available only  when  compiled  with  screen  dump  support.
                Invokes  the  dump-html  action.  This creates an XHTML file
                matching the contents of the current screen,  including  the
                border,  internal  border, colors and most attributes: bold,
                italic,  underline,  faint,  strikeout,  reverse;  blink  is
                rendered  as  white-on-red; double underline is rendered the
                same as underline since there is no portable  equivalent  in
                CSS 2.2.

                The font is whatever  your  browser  uses  for  preformatted
                (<pre>)  elements.   The  XHTML  file references a cascading
                style sheet (CSS) named "xterm.css" that you can  create  to
                select a font or override properties.
                The following CSS  selectors  are  used  with  the  expected
                default behavior in the XHTML file:

                In addition you may use


                Attributes faint, reverse and blink are implemented as style



                                   - 116 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                attributes   setting   color  properties.   All  colors  are
                specified as RGB percentages in order  to  support  displays
                with 10 bits per RGB.

                The name of the file will be

                    xterm.yyyy.MM.dd.hh.mm.ss.xhtml

                where yyyy, MM, dd, hh, mm and ss are the year, month,  day,
                hour,  minute  and second when the screen dump was performed
                (the file is created in the directory xterm is  started  in,
                or the home directory for a login xterm).

                The dump-html action can also be triggered using  the  Media
                Copy  control  sequence  CSI 1 0 i, for example from a shell
                script with

                    printf '\033[10i'

                Only the UTF-8 encoding is supported.

           SVG Screen Dump (resource dump-svg)
                Available only  when  compiled  with  screen  dump  support.
                Invokes the dump-svg action.  This creates a Scalable Vector
                Graphics (SVG) file matching the  contents  of  the  current
                screen,  including  the  border, internal border, colors and
                most attributes: bold, italic, underline, double  underline,
                faint,  strikeout,  reverse;  blink is rendered as white-on-
                red.  The font  is  whatever  your  renderer  uses  for  the
                monospace  font-family.   All  colors  are  specified as RGB
                percentages in order to support displays with  10  bits  per
                RGB.

                The name of the file will be

                    xterm.yyyy.MM.dd.hh.mm.ss.svg

                where yyyy, MM, dd, hh, mm and ss are the year, month,  day,
                hour,  minute  and second when the screen dump was performed
                (the file is created in the directory xterm is  started  in,
                or the home directory for a login xterm).

                The dump-svg action can also be triggered  using  the  Media
                Copy  control  sequence  CSI 1 1 i, for example from a shell
                script with

                    printf '\033[11i'

                Only the UTF-8 encoding is supported.



                                   - 117 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      Modes for setting keyboard style:

           8-Bit Controls (resource 8-bit-control)
                Enabled for VT220 emulation,  this  controls  whether  xterm
                will  send  8-bit  control sequences rather than using 7-bit
                (ASCII) controls, e.g., sending a byte in the  range  128159
                rather  than the escape character followed by a second byte.
                Xterm  always  interprets  both  8-bit  and  7-bit   control
                sequences  (see  Xterm Control Sequences).  This corresponds
                to the eightBitControl resource.

           Backarrow Key (BS/DEL) (resource backarrow key)
                Modifies the  behavior  of  the  backarrow  key,  making  it
                transmit  either  a backspace (8) or delete (127) character.
                This corresponds to the backarrowKey resource.

           Alt/NumLock Modifiers (resource num-lock)
                Controls the treatment of Alt-  and  NumLock-key  modifiers.
                This corresponds to the numLock resource.

           Meta Sends Escape (resource meta-esc)
                Controls  whether  Meta  keys  are  converted  into  a  two-
                character  sequence  with  the  character itself preceded by
                ESC.  This corresponds to the metaSendsEscape resource.

           Delete is DEL (resource delete-is-del)
                Controls whether the Delete key on the editing keypad should
                send  DEL  (127)  or the VT220-style Remove escape sequence.
                This corresponds to the deleteIsDEL resource.

           Old Function-Keys (resource oldFunctionKeys)

           HP Function-Keys (resource hpFunctionKeys)

           SCO Function-Keys (resource scoFunctionKeys)

           Sun Function-Keys (resource sunFunctionKeys)

           VT220 Keyboard (resource sunKeyboard)
                These act as a radio-button, selecting  one  style  for  the
                keyboard  layout.   The  layout corresponds to more than one
                resource     setting:     sunKeyboard,      sunFunctionKeys,
                scoFunctionKeys and hpFunctionKeys.

      Commands for process signalling:

           Send STOP Signal (resource suspend)

           Send CONT Signal (resource continue)



                                   - 118 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           Send INT Signal (resource interrupt)

           Send HUP Signal (resource hangup)

           Send TERM Signal (resource terminate)

           Send KILL Signal (resource kill)
                These send the SIGTSTP, SIGCONT, SIGINT, SIGHUP, SIGTERM and
                SIGKILL  signals  respectively,  to the process group of the
                process  running  under  xterm  (usually  the  shell).   The
                SIGCONT  function  is  especially  useful  if  the  user has
                accidentally typed CTRL-Z, suspending the process.

           Quit (resource quit)
                Stop processing X events except to support the -hold option,
                and  then  send  a SIGHUP signal to the process group of the
                process running under xterm (usually the shell).

    VT Options
      The xterm vtMenu sets various modes in the  VTxxx  emulation,  and  is
      popped up when the "control" key and pointer button two are pressed in
      the VTxxx window.

      VTxxx Modes:

           Enable Scrollbar (resource scrollbar)
                Enable (or disable) the scrollbar.  This corresponds to  the
                -sb option and the scrollBar resource.

           Enable Jump Scroll (resource jumpscroll)
                Enable (or disable) jump scrolling.  This corresponds to the
                -j option and the jumpScroll resource.

           Enable Reverse Video (resource reversevideo)
                Enable (or disable) reverse-video.  This corresponds to  the
                -rv option and the reverseVideo resource.

           Enable Auto Wraparound (resource autowrap)
                Enable (or disable) auto-wraparound.   This  corresponds  to
                the -aw option and the autoWrap resource.

           Enable Reverse Wraparound (resource reversewrap)
                Enable (or disable) reverse wraparound.  This corresponds to
                the -rw option and the reverseWrap resource.

           Enable Auto Linefeed (resource autolinefeed)
                Enable (or disable) auto-linefeed.  This is  the  VT102  NEL
                function,  which  causes  the  emulator  to emit a line feed
                after each  carriage  return.   There  is  no  corresponding



                                   - 119 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                command-line option or resource setting.

           Enable Application Cursor Keys (resource appcursor)
                Enable  (or  disable)   application   cursor   keys.    This
                corresponds  to  the appcursorDefault resource.  There is no
                corresponding command-line option.

           Enable Application Keypad (resource appkeypad)
                Enable  (or  disable)   application   keypad   keys.    This
                corresponds  to  the appkeypadDefault resource.  There is no
                corresponding command-line option.

           Scroll to Bottom on Key Press
                Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling
                region  on  a  keypress.  This corresponds to the -sk option
                and the scrollKey resource.

                As a special case,  the  XON  /  XOFF  keys  (control/S  and
                control/Q) are ignored.

           Scroll to Bottom on Tty Output
                Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling
                region  on  output to the terminal.  This corresponds to the
                -si option and the scrollTtyOutput resource.

           Allow 80/132 Column Switching (resource allow132)
                Enable (or disable) switching between 80  and  132  columns.
                This corresponds to the -132 option and the c132 resource.

           Keep Selection (resource keepSelection)
                Tell xterm whether to disown the  selection  when  it  stops
                highlighting  it,  e.g.,  when  an  application modifies the
                display so that it no longer matches the text which has been
                highlighted.    As  long  as  xterm  continues  to  own  the
                selection for a given atom, it can provide the corresponding
                text to other clients which request the selection using that
                atom.

                This corresponds to the keepSelection resource.  There is no
                corresponding command-line option.

                Telling xterm to not disown the selection does  not  prevent
                other  applications  from taking ownership of the selection.
                When that happens, xterm receives notification that this has
                happened, and removes its highlighting.

                See SELECT/PASTE for more information.

           Select to Clipboard (resource selectToClipboard)



                                   - 120 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                Tell xterm whether to  use  the  PRIMARY  or  CLIPBOARD  for
                SELECT  tokens  in  the  translations  resource  which  maps
                keyboard and mouse actions to select/paste actions.

                This corresponds to the selectToClipboard  resource.   There
                is no corresponding command-line option.

                The keepSelection  resource  setting  applies  to  CLIPBOARD
                selections  just as it does for PRIMARY selections.  However
                some window managers treat  the  clipboard  specially.   For
                instance,   XQuartz's   synchronization   between   the  OSX
                pasteboard and the X11 clipboard causes applications to lose
                the  selection  ownership  for that atom when a selection is
                copied to the clipboard.

                See SELECT/PASTE for more information.

           Enable Visual Bell (resource visualbell)
                Enable (or disable) visible bell (i.e., flashing) instead of
                an audible bell.  This corresponds to the -vb option and the
                visualBell resource.

           Enable Bell Urgency (resource bellIsUrgent)
                Enable  (or  disable)  Urgency  window  manager  hint   when
                Control-G is received.  This corresponds to the bellIsUrgent
                resource.

           Enable Pop on Bell (resource poponbell)
                Enable (or disable) raising of the window when Control-G  is
                received.   This  corresponds  to  the  -pop  option and the
                popOnBell resource.

           Enable Blinking Cursor (resource cursorblink)
                Enable  (or  disable)  the  blinking-cursor  feature.   This
                corresponds  to the -bc option and the cursorBlink resource.
                There  are  also  escape  sequences   (see   Xterm   Control
                Sequences):

                +   If the cursorBlinkXOR resource is set,  the  menu  entry
                    and  the  escape  sequence states will be XOR'd: if both
                    are enabled, the cursor will not blink, if only  one  is
                    enabled, the cursor will blink.

                +   If the cursorBlinkXOR is not set;  if  either  the  menu
                    entry  or the escape sequence states are set, the cursor
                    will blink.

                In either case, the checkbox for the menu shows the state of
                the  cursorBlink  resource, which may not correspond to what



                                   - 121 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                the cursor is actually doing.

           Enable Alternate Screen Switching (resource titeInhibit)
                Enable  (or  disable)  switching  between  the  normal   and
                alternate  screens.   This  corresponds  to  the titeInhibit
                resource.  There is no corresponding command-line option.

           Enable Active Icon (resource activeicon)
                Enable  (or  disable)   the   active-icon   feature.    This
                corresponds to the -ai option and the activeIcon resource.

           Sixel Scrolling (resource sixelScrolling)
                This corresponds to the  sixelScrolling  resource.   It  can
                also  be  turned  off  and  on using the private mode DECSDM
                (Sixel Display Mode).

                +   When enabled, xterm draws sixel graphics at the  current
                    text  cursor location, scrolling the image vertically if
                    it is larger than  the  screen,  and  leaving  the  text
                    cursor  at  the  same  column  in the next complete line
                    after the image when returning to text mode

                    This is the default,  which  corresponds  to  the  reset
                    state of DECSDM.

                +   When disabled, xterm draws sixel  graphics  starting  at
                    the  upper  left  of  the  screen,  cropping  to fit the
                    screen, and does not alter the text cursor location.

                    This corresponds to the set state of DECSDM.

                There is no corresponding command-line option.

           Private Color Registers (resource privateColorRegisters)
                If xterm is  configured  to  support  ReGIS  graphics,  this
                controls whether a private color palette can be used.

                When enabled, each graphic image  uses  a  separate  set  of
                color  registers,  so  that  it  essentially  has  a private
                palette (this is the  default).   If  it  is  not  set,  all
                graphics images share a common set of registers which is how
                sixel and ReGIS graphics worked  on  actual  hardware.   The
                default  is  likely  a  more useful mode on modern TrueColor
                hardware.

                This  corresponds  to  the  privateColorRegisters  resource.
                There is no corresponding command-line option.

      VTxxx Commands:



                                   - 122 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           Do Soft Reset (resource softreset)
                This corresponds to the VT220 DECSTR  control  sequence.   A
                soft  reset  leaves  the  contents of the window intact, but
                resets modes which affect subsequent updates:

                Soft reset differs from full reset in a minor detail:

                +   Set the saved cursor position to the  upper-left  corner
                    of the window.

                +   Exit from the status-line without erasing it.

                Both soft/full resets do the following:

                +   Make the cursor visible, with shape reset  according  to
                    the cursorUnderLine and cursorBar resources.

                +   Enable or disable the cursor-blinking state according to
                    the  cursorBlink  resource,  and set the Enable Blinking
                    Cursor menu checkmark to match.

                +   Reset video attributes, e.g., bold,  italic,  underline,
                    blink.

                +    Reset  the  ANSI  color  mode  to  the  xterm   default
                    foreground and background.

                +   Reset the 256-color palette to its initial state.

                +   Reset the selected character set, e.g., ASCII, alternate
                    character set.  The UTF-8 modes are not changed.

                +   Reset ECMA-48 KAM.

                +   Reset DECCKM and DECKPAM per resources  appcursorDefault
                    and appkeypadDefault.

                +   Reset key-format and key-modifier modes  to  the  values
                    set by resources, i.e.,

                        formatCursorKeys,                formatFunctionKeys,
                        formatKeypadKeys,                formatModifierKeys,
                        formatOtherKeys, and formatSpecialKeys.

                    as well as

                        modifyCursorKeys,                modifyFunctionKeys,
                        modifyKeyboard,                    modifyKeypadKeys,
                        modifyModifierKeys,       modifyOtherKeys,       and



                                   - 123 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                        modifySpecialKeys.

                +   Reset origin mode (DECOM).

                +   Reset all margins  (i.e.,  top/bottom  and  left/right).
                    This  can  be  convenient when some program has left the
                    scroll regions set incorrectly.

                +   Set autowrap  and  reverse  wrapping  according  to  the
                    resource values autoWrap and reverseWrap.

                +    Reset  checksum  extension  to  the   checksumExtension
                    resource.

           Do Full Reset (resource hardreset)
                A full reset does this in addition to a soft reset:

                +   Clear the window.

                +   Reset tab stops to every eight columns.

                +   Reset the screen to match the reverseVideo resource.

                +   Resize the screen to 80 columns if 132-column  mode  was
                    initially enabled with the c132 resource.

                +   Reset scrolling (jump versus smooth) per the  jumpScroll
                    resource.

                +   Enable linefeed mode (ECMA-48 LNM) and send/receive mode
                    (ECMA-48 SRM).

                +   Reset DEC user-defined keys (DECUDK).

                +   Disable application mode  for  cursor-  and  keypad-keys
                    (DECCKM, DECKPAM).

                +    Reset  menu  entry   8-bit   Controls,   per   resource
                    eightBitControl.

                +   Reset interpretation of the backarrow key,  per  initial
                    resource settings.

                +    Set  the  keyboard  type  according  to  the  resources
                    keyboardType,      hpFunctionKeys,      scoFunctionKeys,
                    sunFunctionKeys,  tcapFunctionKeys,  oldXtermFKeys   and
                    sunKeyboard.

                +   Turn mouse tracking off.



                                   - 124 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                +   Reset title and pointer modes per  resources  titleModes
                    and pointerMode.

                +   Reset the readline and bracketed paste modes.

                +   Discard all SIXEL and ReGIS graphics data from memory.

                +    Reset  sixelScrolling  and  privateColorRegisters  from
                    initial resource values.

                +   Set DECSDM  if  the  sixelScrolling  resource  is  true.
                    Otherwise, reset DECSDM.

                A full reset does this, unlike a soft reset:

                +   Move the cursor to the upper-left corner of the  window,
                    and then save that position.

                +    Hide  the  status-line,  setting  its  display-type  to
                    "none".

           Reset and Clear Saved Lines (resource
                Perform a full reset, and also clear the saved lines.

                This corresponds to the VT102 RIS control sequence,  with  a
                few  obvious  differences.  For example, your session is not
                disconnected as a real VT102 would do.

      Commands for setting the current screen:

           Show Tek Window (resource tekshow)
                When enabled, pops the Tektronix 4014 window  up  (makes  it
                visible).  When disabled, hides the Tektronix 4014 window.

           Switch to Tek Mode (resource tekmode)
                When enabled, pops the Tektronix 4014 window up if it is not
                already  visible,  and  switches  the  input  stream to that
                window.  When disabled, hides the Tektronix 4014 window  and
                switches input back to the VTxxx window.

           Hide VT Window (resource vthide)
                When enabled, hides the VTxxx window,  shows  the  Tektronix
                4014  window  if it was not already visible and switches the
                input stream to that window.  When disabled, shows the VTxxx
                window, and switches the input stream to that window.

           Show Alternate Screen (resource altscreen)
                When enabled, shows the alternate  screen.   When  disabled,
                shows  the  normal  screen.  Note that the normal screen may



                                   - 125 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                have saved lines; the alternate screen does not.

    VT Fonts
      The xterm fontMenu pops up when the "control" key and  pointer  button
      three  are  pressed  in  a window.  It sets the font used in the VTxxx
      window, or modifies the way the font is specified or displayed.  There
      are several sections.

      The first section allows  you  to  select  the  font  from  a  set  of
      alternatives:

           Default (resource fontdefault)
                Set the font  to  the  default,  i.e.,  that  given  by  the
                *VT100.font resource.

           Unreadable (resource font1)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font1 resource.

           Tiny (resource font2)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font2 resource.

           Small (resource font3)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font3 resource.

           Medium (resource font4)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font4 resource.

           Large (resource font5)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font5 resource.

           Huge (resource font6)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font6 resource.

           Enormous (resource font7)
                Set the font to that given by the *VT100.font7 resource.

           Escape Sequence (resource fontescape)
                This allows you to set the font last specified  by  the  Set
                Font escape sequence (see Xterm Control Sequences).

           Selection (resource fontsel)
                This allows you  to  set  the  font  specified  the  current
                selection  as  a  font  name  (if  the  PRIMARY selection is
                owned).

      The second section allows you to modify the way it is displayed:

           Bold Fonts (resource allow-bold-fonts)
                This is normally checked (enabled).  When  unchecked,  xterm



                                   - 126 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                will  not  use  bold fonts.  The menu selection modifies the
                allowBoldFonts resource.

           Line-Drawing Characters (resource font-linedrawing)
                When  set,  tells  xterm  to  draw  its   own   line-drawing
                characters.   Otherwise  it  relies  on  the font containing
                these.   The  menu  selection  modifies  the   forceBoxChars
                resource.

           Packed Font (resource font-packed)
                When set, tells xterm to use the minimum glyph-width from  a
                font  when  displaying  characters.   Use  the maximum width
                (unchecked) to help display proportional  fonts.   The  menu
                selection modifies the forcePackedFont resource.

           Doublesized Characters (resource font-doublesize)
                When set, xterm may ask the font server  to  produce  scaled
                versions   of   the   normal  font,  for  VT102  double-size
                characters.

      The third section allows you to modify the way it is specified:

           TrueType Fonts (resource render-font)
                If the renderFont and corresponding resources were set, this
                is a further control whether xterm will actually use the Xft
                library calls to obtain a font.

           UTF-8 Encoding (resource utf8-mode)
                This  controls  whether  xterm  uses   UTF-8   encoding   of
                input/output.   It is useful for temporarily switching xterm
                to display text from an application which  does  not  follow
                the locale settings.  It corresponds to the utf8 resource.

           UTF-8 Fonts (resource utf8-fonts)
                This controls whether xterm uses UTF-8  fonts  for  display.
                It is useful for temporarily switching xterm to display text
                from  an  application  which  does  not  follow  the  locale
                settings.   It  combines  the  utf8 and utf8Fonts resources,
                subject to the locale resource.

           UTF-8 Titles (resource utf8-title)
                This controls whether xterm accepts UTF-8 encoding for title
                control   sequences.    It   corresponds  to  the  utf8Fonts
                resource.

                Initially the checkmark is set according to  both  the  utf8
                and  utf8Fonts  resource  values.   If  the latter is set to
                "always", the checkmark is disabled.  Likewise, if there are
                no  fonts  given  in  the  utf8Fonts  subresources, then the



                                   - 127 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                checkmark also is disabled.

                The standard  __default_class__  app-defaults  file  defines
                both  sets  of  fonts,  while  the  U__default_class__  app-
                defaults file defines only one set.  Assuming  the  standard
                app-defaults  files,  this command will launch xterm able to
                switch between UTF-8 and ISO-8859-1 encoded fonts:

                    uxterm -class __default_class__

      The fourth section allows you to enable or disable special  operations
      which  can  be controlled by writing escape sequences to the terminal.
      These are disabled if the SendEvents feature is enabled:

           Allow Color Ops (resource allow-color-ops)
                This corresponds to the allowColorOps resource.   Enable  or
                disable control sequences that set/query the colors.

           Allow Font Ops (resource allow-font-ops)
                This corresponds to the allowFontOps  resource.   Enable  or
                disable control sequences that set/query the font.

           Allow Mouse Ops (resource allow-mouse-ops)
                Enable or disable control sequences that cause the  terminal
                to  send  escape  sequences  on pointer-clicks and movement.
                This corresponds to the allowMouseOps resource.

           Allow Tcap Ops (resource allow-tcap-ops)
                Enable  or  disable  control  sequences   that   query   the
                terminal's notion of its function-key strings, as termcap or
                terminfo capabilities.  This corresponds to the allowTcapOps
                resource.

           Allow Title Ops (resource allow-title-ops)
                Enable or disable control sequences that modify  the  window
                title  or  icon name.  This corresponds to the allowTitleOps
                resource.

           Allow Window Ops (resource allow-window-ops)
                Enable or disable extended window control sequences (as used
                in   dtterm).    This   corresponds  to  the  allowWindowOps
                resource.

    Tek Options
      The xterm tekMenu sets various modes in the Tektronix  emulation,  and
      is popped up when the "control" key and pointer button two are pressed
      in the Tektronix window.  The current font  size  is  checked  in  the
      modes section of the menu.




                                   - 128 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           Large Characters (resource tektextlarge)

           #2 Size Characters (resource tektext2)

           #3 Size Characters (resource tektext3)

           Small Characters (resource tektextsmall)

      Commands:

           PAGE (resource tekpage)
                Simulates the Tektronix "PAGE" button by

                +   clearing the window,

                +   cancelling the graphics input-mode, and

                +   moving the cursor to the home position.

           RESET (resource tekreset)
                Unlike the similarly-named Tektronix  "RESET"  button,  this
                does  everything  that  PAGE  does  as well as resetting the
                line-type and font-size to their default values.

           COPY (resource tekcopy)
                Simulates the Tektronix "COPY" button (which makes  a  hard-
                copy  of  the  screen)  by writing the information to a text
                file.

      Windows:

           Show VT Window (resource vtshow)

           Switch to VT Mode (resource vtmode)

           Hide Tek Window (resource tekhide)

 SECURITY
      X environments differ in their security consciousness.

      +   Most servers, run under xdm, are capable of using a "magic cookie"
          authorization  scheme  that  can  provide  a  reasonable  level of
          security for many people.  If your server is only  using  a  host-
          based   mechanism   to   control   access   to   the  server  (see
          xhost(__mansuffix__)), then if you enable access for  a  host  and
          other  users  are also permitted to run clients on that same host,
          it is possible that someone can run an application which uses  the
          basic  services  of  the  X  protocol to snoop on your activities,
          potentially capturing a transcript of everything you type  at  the



                                   - 129 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



          keyboard.

      +   Any process which has access to your X display can  manipulate  it
          in  ways  that  you  might  not  anticipate, even redirecting your
          keyboard to  itself  and  sending  events  to  your  application's
          windows.   This is true even with the "magic cookie" authorization
          scheme.   While  the  allowSendEvents  provides  some   protection
          against  rogue applications tampering with your programs, guarding
          against a snooper is harder.

      +   The X input extension for instance allows an application to bypass
          all  of  the  other (limited) authorization and security features,
          including the GrabKeyboard protocol.

      +   The possibility of an application spying on your keystrokes is  of
          particular  concern  when  you want to type in a password or other
          sensitive data.  The best solution to this problem  is  to  use  a
          better authorization mechanism than is provided by X.

      Subject to all  of  these  caveats,  a  simple  mechanism  exists  for
      protecting keyboard input in xterm.

      The xterm menu (see MENUS above)  contains  a  Secure  Keyboard  entry
      which,  when  enabled,  attempts  to ensure that all keyboard input is
      directed only to xterm  (using  the  GrabKeyboard  protocol  request).
      When  an  application  prompts  you for a password (or other sensitive
      data), you can enable Secure Keyboard using  the  menu,  type  in  the
      data, and then disable Secure Keyboard using the menu again.

      +   This  ensures  that  you  know  which  window  is  accepting  your
          keystrokes.

      +   It cannot ensure that there are no processes which have access  to
          your X display that might be observing the keystrokes as well.

      Only one X client at a time can grab the keyboard, so when you attempt
      to  enable  Secure  Keyboard it may fail.  In this case, the bell will
      sound.  If the Secure Keyboard succeeds, the foreground and background
      colors  will be exchanged (as if you selected the Enable Reverse Video
      entry in the Modes menu); they will be exchanged again when  you  exit
      secure  mode.   If  the  colors do not switch, then you should be very
      suspicious that you are being spoofed.  If  the  application  you  are
      running displays a prompt before asking for the password, it is safest
      to enter secure mode before the prompt gets  displayed,  and  to  make
      sure  that the prompt gets displayed correctly (in the new colors), to
      minimize the probability of spoofing.  You can also bring up the  menu
      again and make sure that a check mark appears next to the entry.

      Secure Keyboard mode will be  disabled  automatically  if  your  xterm



                                   - 130 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      window becomes iconified (or otherwise unmapped), or if you start up a
      reparenting  window  manager  (that  places  a  title  bar  or   other
      decoration around the window) while in Secure Keyboard mode.  (This is
      a feature of the X protocol not easily overcome.)  When this  happens,
      the  foreground  and  background  colors will be switched back and the
      bell will sound in warning.

 CHARACTER CLASSES
      Clicking the left pointer button twice in  rapid  succession  (double-
      clicking)  causes  all  characters  of  the same class (e.g., letters,
      white space, punctuation) to be selected as a "word".  Since different
      people  have  different  preferences  for what should be selected (for
      example, should filenames be selected as a whole or only the  separate
      subnames),  the  default  mapping can be overridden through the use of
      the charClass (class CharClass) resource.

      This resource is a series of comma-separated range:value pairs.

      +   The range is either a single number or low-high in the range of  0
          to   65535,  corresponding  to  the  code  for  the  character  or
          characters to be set.

      +   The value is arbitrary.  For example, the default table  uses  the
          character  number  of  the  first  character occurring in the set.
          When not in UTF-8 mode, only the first 256 entries of  this  table
          will be used.

      The default table starts as follows -

          static int charClass[256] = {
          /* NUL  SOH  STX  ETX  EOT  ENQ  ACK  BEL */
              32,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /*  BS   HT   NL   VT   NP   CR   SO   SI */
               1,  32,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /* DLE  DC1  DC2  DC3  DC4  NAK  SYN  ETB */
               1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /* CAN   EM  SUB  ESC   FS   GS   RS   US */
               1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /*  SP    !    "    #    $    %    &    ' */
              32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,
          /*   (    )    *    +    ,    -    .    / */
              40,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,
          /*   0    1    2    3    4    5    6    7 */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   8    9    :    ;    <    =    >    ? */
              48,  48,  58,  59,  60,  61,  62,  63,
          /*   @    A    B    C    D    E    F    G */
              64,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   H    I    J    K    L    M    N    O */



                                   - 131 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   P    Q    R    S    T    U    V    W */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   X    Y    Z    [    \    ]    ^    _ */
              48,  48,  48,  91,  92,  93,  94,  48,
          /*   `    a    b    c    d    e    f    g */
              96,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   h    i    j    k    l    m    n    o */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   p    q    r    s    t    u    v    w */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   x    y    z    {    |    }    ~  DEL */
              48,  48,  48, 123, 124, 125, 126,   1,
          /* x80  x81  x82  x83  IND  NEL  SSA  ESA */
               1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /* HTS  HTJ  VTS  PLD  PLU   RI  SS2  SS3 */
               1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /* DCS  PU1  PU2  STS  CCH   MW  SPA  EPA */
               1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /* x98  x99  x9A  CSI   ST  OSC   PM  APC */
               1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,   1,
          /*   -    i   c/    L   ox   Y-    |   So */
             160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
          /*  ..   c0   ip   <<    _        R0    - */
             168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175,
          /*   o   +-    2    3    '    u   q|    . */
             176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
          /*   ,    1    2   >>  1/4  1/2  3/4    ? */
             184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191,
          /*  A`   A'   A^   A~   A:   Ao   AE   C, */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*  E`   E'   E^   E:   I`   I'   I^   I: */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*  D-   N~   O`   O'   O^   O~   O:    X */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48, 215,
          /*  O/   U`   U'   U^   U:   Y'    P    B */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*  a`   a'   a^   a~   a:   ao   ae   c, */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*  e`   e'   e^   e:   i`   i'   i^   i: */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,
          /*   d   n~   o`   o'   o^   o~   o:   -: */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48, 247,
          /*  o/   u`   u'   u^   u:   y'    P   y: */
              48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48,  48};

           For example, the  string  "33:48,37:48,45-47:48,38:48"  indicates
           that the exclamation mark, percent sign, dash, period, slash, and
           ampersand characters should be treated the same way as characters



                                   - 132 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           and  numbers.   This is useful for cutting and pasting electronic
           mailing addresses and filenames.

 KEY BINDINGS
      It is possible to rebind keys (or  sequences  of  keys)  to  arbitrary
      strings  for  input,  by  changing  the translations resources for the
      vt100 or tek4014 widgets.   Changing  the  translations  resource  for
      events  other  than  key  and  button events is not expected, and will
      cause unpredictable behavior.

    Actions
      The following actions are provided for use within the vt100 or tek4014
      translations resources:

      allow-bold-fonts(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the   allowBoldFonts
              resource  and is also invoked by the allow-bold-fonts entry in
              fontMenu.

      allow-color-ops(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the allowColorOps resource
              and is also invoked by the allow-color-ops entry in fontMenu.

      allow-font-ops(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the allowFontOps  resource
              and is also invoked by the allow-font-ops entry in fontMenu.

      allow-mouse-ops(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the allowMouseOps resource
              and is also invoked by the allow-mouse-ops entry in fontMenu.

      allow-send-events(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  allowSendEvents
              resource  and  is  also  invoked  by  the  allowsends entry in
              mainMenu.

      allow-tcap-ops(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the allowTcapOps  resource
              and is also invoked by the allow-tcap-ops entry in fontMenu.

      allow-title-ops(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the allowTitleOps resource
              and is also invoked by the allow-title-ops entry in fontMenu.

      allow-window-ops(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the   allowWindowOps
              resource  and is also invoked by the allow-window-ops entry in
              fontMenu.




                                   - 133 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      alt-sends-escape()
              This action toggles the state of the altSendsEscape resource.

      bell([percent])
              This  action  rings  the  keyboard  bell  at   the   specified
              percentage above or below the base volume.

      clear-saved-lines()
              This action does hard-reset() and also clears the  history  of
              lines  saved  off  the  top of the screen.  It is also invoked
              from the clearsavedlines  entry  in  vtMenu.   The  effect  is
              identical to a hardware reset (RIS) control sequence.

      copy-selection(destname [, ...])
              This action puts the currently selected text into all  of  the
              selections   or  cutbuffers  specified  by  destname.   Unlike
              select-end, it does not send a  mouse  position  or  otherwise
              modify the internal selection state.

      create-menu(m/v/f/t)
              This action creates one of the menus used by xterm, if it  has
              not  been  previously  created.   The parameter values are the
              menu names: mainMenu, vtMenu, fontMenu, tekMenu, respectively.

      dabbrev-expand()
              Expands the word before cursor by searching in  the  preceding
              text  on  the  screen  and  in the scrollback buffer for words
              starting with that abbreviation.   Repeating  dabbrev-expand()
              several   times   in  sequence  searches  for  an  alternative
              expansion by looking farther back.  Lack of  more  matches  is
              signaled  by  a bell.  Attempts to expand an empty word (i.e.,
              when cursor is preceded by a  space)  yield  successively  all
              previous words.  Consecutive identical expansions are ignored.
              The word here is  defined  as  a  sequence  of  non-whitespace
              characters.   This  feature partially emulates the behavior of
              "dynamic abbreviation" expansion  in  Emacs  (bound  there  to
              M-/).   Here is a resource setting for xterm which will do the
              same thing:

                  *VT100*translations:    #override \n\
                          Meta <KeyPress> /:dabbrev-expand()

      deiconify()
              Changes the window state back to normal, if it was iconified.

      delete-is-del()
              This action toggles the state of the deleteIsDEL resource.

      dired-button()



                                   - 134 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              Handles a button event  (other  than  press  and  release)  by
              echoing the event's position (i.e., character line and column)
              in the following format:

                  ^X ESC G <line+" "> <col+" ">

      dump-html()
              Invokes the XHTML Screen Dump feature.

      dump-svg()
              Invokes the SVG Screen Dump feature.

      exec-formatted(format, sourcename [, ...])
              Execute an external command, using the current  selection  for
              part of the command's parameters.  The first parameter, format
              gives the basic command.  Succeeding  parameters  specify  the
              selection source as in insert-selection.

              The format parameter allows these substitutions:

              %%   inserts a "%".

              %P   the screen-position at the beginning of  the  highlighted
                   region,  as  a semicolon-separated pair of integers using
                   the values that the CUP control sequence would use.

              %p    the  screen-position  after   the   beginning   of   the
                   highlighted region, using the same convention as "%P".

              %S   the length of the string that "%s" would insert.

              %s   the content of the selection, unmodified.

              %T   the length of the string that "%t" would insert.

              %t   the selection, trimmed  of  leading/trailing  whitespace.
                   Embedded spaces (and newlines) are copied as is.

              %R   the length of the string that "%r" would insert.

              %r   the selection, trimmed of trailing whitespace.

              %V   the video attributes at the beginning of the  highlighted
                   region,  as  a semicolon-separated list of integers using
                   the values that the SGR control sequence would use.

              %v   the video attributes after the  end  of  the  highlighted
                   region, using the same convention as "%V".




                                   - 135 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



               After  constructing  the  command-string,   xterm   forks   a
              subprocess   and   executes   the   command,  which  completes
              independently of xterm.

              For example, this translation would invoke a new xterm process
              to  view a file whose name is selected while holding the shift
              key down.  The new process is started when the mouse button is
              released:

                  *VT100*translations: #override Shift \
                      <Btn1Up>:exec-formatted("xterm -e view '%t'", SELECT)

      exec-selectable(format, onClicks)
              Execute an external command, using data copied from the screen
              for  part  of  the command's parameters.  The first parameter,
              format gives the basic  command  as  in  exec-formatted.   The
              second  parameter specifies the method for copying the data as
              in the on2Clicks resource.

      fullscreen(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the fullscreen resource.

      hard-reset()
              This action resets the scrolling region,  tabs,  window  size,
              and  cursor  keys  and  clears the screen.  It is also invoked
              from the hardreset entry in vtMenu.

      iconify()
              Iconifies the window.

      ignore()
              This action ignores the event but checks for  special  pointer
              position escape sequences.

      insert()
              This action inserts the character or  string  associated  with
              the key that was pressed.

      insert-eight-bit()
              This  action  inserts  an  eight-bit  (Meta)  version  of  the
              character  or string associated with the key that was pressed.
              Only single-byte values  are  treated  specially.   The  exact
              action  depends  on  the  value  of the altSendsEscape and the
              metaSendsEscape  and   the   eightBitInput   resources.    The
              metaSendsEscape   resource   is   tested   first.    See   the
              eightBitInput resource for a full discussion.

              The term "eight-bit" is misleading: xterm checks if the key is
              in the range 128 to 255 (the eighth bit is set).  If the value



                                   - 136 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              is in that range, depending on the resource values, xterm  may
              then do one of the following:

              +   add 128 to the value, setting its eighth bit,

              +   send an ESC byte before the key, or

              +   send the key unaltered.

      insert-formatted(format, sourcename [, ...])
              Insert the current selection or data related to it, formatted.
              The first parameter, format gives the template for the data as
              in  exec-formatted.    Succeeding   parameters   specify   the
              selection source as in insert-selection.

      insert-selectable(format, onClicks)
              Insert data copied from  the  screen,  formatted.   The  first
              parameter,  format  gives  the  template  for  the  data as in
              exec-formatted.  The second parameter specifies the method for
              copying the data as in the on2Clicks resource.

      insert-selection(sourcename [, ...])
              This action inserts the  string  found  in  the  selection  or
              cutbuffer indicated by sourcename.  Sources are checked in the
              order  given  (case  is  significant)  until  one  is   found.
              Commonly-used  selections  include:  PRIMARY,  SECONDARY,  and
              CLIPBOARD.   Cut  buffers  are  typically  named   CUT_BUFFER0
              through CUT_BUFFER7.

      insert-seven-bit()
              This action is a synonym for insert().  The  term  "seven-bit"
              is  misleading: it only implies that xterm does not try to add
              128 to the key's value as in insert-eight-bit().

      interpret(control-sequence)
              Interpret the given control sequence  locally,  i.e.,  without
              passing  it  to the host.  This works by inserting the control
              sequence at the front of the input buffer.  Use "\" to  escape
              octal  digits  in  the string.  Xt does not allow you to put a
              null character (i.e., "\000") in the string.

      keymap(name)
              This action dynamically defines a new translation table  whose
              resource   name  is  name  with  the  suffix  "Keymap"  (i.e.,
              nameKeymap,  where  case  is  significant).   The  name   None
              restores the original translation table.

      larger-vt-font()
              Set the font to  the  next  larger  one,  based  on  the  font



                                   - 137 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              dimensions.  See also set-vt-font().

      load-vt-fonts(name[,class])
              Load fontnames from the  given  subresource  name  and  class.
              That    is,   load   the   "*VT100.name.font",   resource   as
              "*VT100.font" etc.  If no name is given, the original  set  of
              fontnames is restored.

              Unlike set-vt-font(), this does not  affect  the  escape-  and
              select-fonts,  since  those  are not based on resource values.
              It does affect the fonts loosely organized under the "Default"
              menu   entry,   including   font,   boldFont,   wideFont   and
              wideBoldFont.

      maximize()
              Resizes the window to fill the screen.

      meta-sends-escape()
              This action toggles the state of the metaSendsEscape resource.

      pointer-button()
              Use this action as a fall-back to  handle  button  press-  and
              release-events  for  the  mouse control sequence protocol when
              the selection-related translations  are  suppressed  with  the
              omitTranslation resource.

      pointer-motion()
              Use this action as a fall-back to handle motion-events for the
              mouse  control  sequence  protocol  when the selection-related
              translations are suppressed with the omitTranslation resource.

      popup-menu(menuname)
              This action displays the specified popup  menu.   Valid  names
              (case  is  significant)  include:  mainMenu, vtMenu, fontMenu,
              and tekMenu.

      print(printer-flags)
              This action prints the window.  It  is  also  invoked  by  the
              print entry in mainMenu.

              The action  accepts  optional  parameters,  which  temporarily
              override  resource settings.  The parameter values are matched
              ignoring case:

              noFormFeed
                   no form feed will be sent at the end  of  the  last  line
                   printed (i.e., printerFormFeed is "false").

              FormFeed



                                   - 138 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                   a form feed will be sent at the  end  of  the  last  line
                   printed (i.e., printerFormFeed is "true").

              noNewLine
                   no newline will be sent at  the  end  of  the  last  line
                   printed,  and  wrapped  lines  will be combined into long
                   lines (i.e., printerNewLine is "false").

              NewLine
                   a newline will be sent  at  the  end  of  the  last  line
                   printed,  and  each  line  will  be  limited (by adding a
                   newline) to the screen  width  (i.e.,  printerNewLine  is
                   "true").

              noAttrs
                   the   page   is   printed   without   attributes   (i.e.,
                   printAttributes is "0").

              monoAttrs
                   the page is printed with  monochrome  (vt220)  attributes
                   (i.e., printAttributes is "1").

              colorAttrs
                   the page is printed with  ANSI  color  attributes  (i.e.,
                   printAttributes is "2").

      print-everything(printer-flags)
              This action sends the entire text history, in addition to  the
              text   currently   visible,   to  the  program  given  in  the
              printerCommand  resource.   It  allows   the   same   optional
              parameters  as  the  print  action.   With  a suitable printer
              command, the action can be used to load the text history in an
              editor.

      print-immediate()
              Sends the text of the current window directly to  a  file,  as
              specified  by  the  printFileImmediate, printModeImmediate and
              printOptsImmediate resources.

      print-on-error()
              Toggles a flag telling xterm that if it exits with an X error,
              to  send the text of the current window directly to a file, as
              specified  by  the  printFileOnXError,  printModeOnXError  and
              printOptsOnXError resources.

      print-redir()
              This action toggles the printerControlMode between  0  and  2.
              The corresponding popup menu entry is useful for switching the
              printer off if you happen to change your mind  after  deciding



                                   - 139 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              to print random binary files on the terminal.

      quit()
              This action sends a SIGHUP to the subprogram and exits.  It is
              also invoked by the quit entry in mainMenu.

      readline-button()
              Supports the optional readline  feature  by  echoing  repeated
              cursor forward or backward control sequences on button release
              event, to request that the host application update its  notion
              of the cursor's position to match the button event.

      redraw()
              This action redraws the window.  It is  also  invoked  by  the
              redraw entry in mainMenu.

      restore()
              Restores the window to the size before it was last maximized.

      scroll-back(count [,units [,mouse] ])
              This action scrolls the text window backward so that text that
              had  previously  scrolled  off  the  top  of the screen is now
              visible.

              The count argument indicates the number of units (which may be
              page,  halfpage,  pixel,  or  line) by which to scroll.  If no
              count parameter is given, xterm uses the number of lines given
              by the scrollLines resource.

              An adjustment can be specified for the page or halfpage  units
              by  appending  a  "+"  or "-" sign followed by a number, e.g.,
              page-2 to specify 2 lines less than a page.

              If the second parameter is omitted "lines" is used.

              If the third parameter mouse is given, the action  is  ignored
              when mouse reporting is enabled.

      scroll-forw(count [,units [,mouse] ])
              This action is similar to scroll-back except that  it  scrolls
              in the other direction.

      scroll-lock(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles internal state which tells
              xterm   whether   Scroll   Lock  is  active,  subject  to  the
              allowScrollLock resource.

      scroll-to(count)
              Scroll to the given line relative  to  the  beginning  of  the



                                   - 140 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              saved-lines.  For instance, "scroll-to(0)" would scroll to the
              beginning.  Two special nonnumeric parameters are recognized:

              scroll-to(begin)
                      Scroll to the beginning of the saved lines.

              scroll-to(end)
                      Scroll to the end of the saved  lines,  i.e.,  to  the
                      currently active page.

      secure()
              This action toggles the Secure Keyboard mode  (see  SECURITY),
              and is invoked from the securekbd entry in mainMenu.

      select-cursor-end(destname [, ...])
              This action is similar to select-end except that it should  be
              used with select-cursor-start.

      select-cursor-extend()
              This action is similar to select-extend except that it  should
              be used with select-cursor-start.

      select-cursor-start()
              This action is similar to select-start except that  it  begins
              the selection at the current text cursor position.

      select-end(destname [, ...])
              This action puts the currently selected text into all  of  the
              selections or cutbuffers specified by destname.  It also sends
              a mouse position and updates the internal selection  state  to
              reflect the end of the selection process.

      select-extend()
              This action tracks the pointer and extends the selection.   It
              should only be bound to Motion events.

      select-set()
              This action  stores  text  that  corresponds  to  the  current
              selection, without affecting the selection mode.

      select-start()
              This action begins  text  selection  at  the  current  pointer
              location.  See the section on POINTER USAGE for information on
              making selections.

              If xterm is configured to support block-selection, this action
              accepts  a parameter "block" which initiates a block-selection
              rather than the default character-oriented selection.




                                   - 141 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      send-signal(signame)
              This action sends the signal named by  signame  to  the  xterm
              subprocess (the shell or program specified with the -e command
              line option).  It is also invoked by  the  suspend,  continue,
              interrupt,  hangup,  terminate,  and kill entries in mainMenu.
              Allowable signal names are (case is not significant): tstp (if
              supported  by  the  operating system), suspend (same as tstp),
              cont (if supported by the operating system), int,  hup,  term,
              quit, alrm, alarm (same as alrm) and kill.

      set-8-bit-control(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  eightBitControl
              resource.   It is also invoked from the 8-bit-control entry in
              vtMenu.

      set-allow132(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the c132 resource.  It  is
              also invoked from the allow132 entry in vtMenu.

      set-altscreen(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles between the alternate  and
              current screens.

      set-appcursor(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the  handling  Application
              Cursor  Key mode and is also invoked by the appcursor entry in
              vtMenu.

      set-appkeypad(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles   the   handling   of
              Application  Keypad  mode and is also invoked by the appkeypad
              entry in vtMenu.

      set-autolinefeed(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or  toggles  automatic  insertion  of
              line  feeds.   It is also invoked by the autolinefeed entry in
              vtMenu.

      set-autowrap(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles automatic wrapping of long
              lines.  It is also invoked by the autowrap entry in vtMenu.

      set-backarrow(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the backarrowKey resource.
              It is also invoked from the backarrow key entry in vtMenu.

      set-bellIsUrgent(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the bellIsUrgent resource.
              It is also invoked by the bellIsUrgent entry in vtMenu.



                                   - 142 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      set-cursesemul(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the curses  resource.   It
              is also invoked from the cursesemul entry in vtMenu.

      set-cursorblink(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the cursorBlink  resource.
              It is also invoked from the cursorblink entry in vtMenu.

      set-font-doublesize(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the   fontDoublesize
              resource.   It is also invoked by the font-doublesize entry in
              fontMenu.

      set-font-linedrawing(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  xterm's   state
              regarding whether the current font has line-drawing characters
              and whether it should draw them directly.  It is also  invoked
              by the font-linedrawing entry in fontMenu.

      set-font-packed(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  forcePackedFont
              resource  which  controls use of the font's minimum or maximum
              glyph width.  It is also invoked by the font-packed  entry  in
              fontMenu.

      set-hp-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the   hpFunctionKeys
              resource.   It  is also invoked by the hpFunctionKeys entry in
              mainMenu.

      set-jumpscroll(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the  jumpscroll  resource.
              It is also invoked by the jumpscroll entry in vtMenu.

      set-keep-clipboard(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles   the   keepClipboard
              resource.

      set-keep-selection(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles   the   keepSelection
              resource.   It  is  also invoked by the keepSelection entry in
              vtMenu.

      set-logging(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the state of  the  logging
              option.

      set-marginbell(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the marginBell resource.



                                   - 143 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      set-num-lock(on/off/toggle)
              This action toggles the state of the numLock resource.

      set-old-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  state  of  legacy
              function  keys.   It  is  also  invoked by the oldFunctionKeys
              entry in mainMenu.

      set-pop-on-bell(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles  the  popOnBell  resource.
              It is also invoked by the poponbell entry in vtMenu.

      set-private-colors(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the  privateColorRegisters
              resource.

      set-render-font(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the  renderFont  resource.
              It is also invoked by the render-font entry in fontMenu.

      set-reverse-video(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the reverseVideo resource.
              It is also invoked by the reversevideo entry in vtMenu.

      set-reversewrap(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the reverseWrap  resource.
              It is also invoked by the reversewrap entry in vtMenu.

      set-sco-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  scoFunctionKeys
              resource.   It is also invoked by the scoFunctionKeys entry in
              mainMenu.

      set-scroll-on-key(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles  the  scrollKey  resource.
              It is also invoked from the scrollkey entry in vtMenu.

      set-scroll-on-tty-output(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  scrollTtyOutput
              resource.   It  is also invoked from the scrollttyoutput entry
              in vtMenu.

      set-scrollbar(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles  the  scrollbar  resource.
              It is also invoked by the scrollbar entry in vtMenu.

      set-select(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  selectToClipboard
              resource.   It  is also invoked by the selectToClipboard entry



                                   - 144 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



              in vtMenu.

      set-sixel-scrolling(on/off/toggle)
              This action  toggles  between  inline  (sixel  scrolling)  and
              absolute  positioning.   It  can  also  be  controlled via DEC
              private mode 80 (DECSDM) or from the sixelScrolling  entry  in
              the btMenu.

      set-sun-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
              This  action  sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the  sunFunctionKeys
              resource.   It is also invoked by the sunFunctionKeys entry in
              mainMenu.

      set-sun-keyboard(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the sunKeyboard  resource.
              It is also invoked by the sunKeyboard entry in mainMenu.

      set-tek-text(large/2/3/small)
              This action sets the font used in the Tektronix window to  the
              value of the selected resource according to the argument.  The
              argument can be either a keyword or  single-letter  alias,  as
              shown in parentheses:

              large (l)
                   Use resource fontLarge, same as menu entry tektextlarge.

              two (2)
                   Use resource font2, same as menu entry tektext2.

              three (3)
                   Use resource font3, same as menu entry tektext3.

              small (s)
                   Use resource fontSmall, same as menu entry tektextsmall.

      set-terminal-type(type)
              This action directs output to either the vt  or  tek  windows,
              according  to  the  type  string.   It  is also invoked by the
              tekmode entry in vtMenu and the vtmode entry in tekMenu.

      set-titeInhibit(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the titeInhibit  resource,
              which  controls  switching  between  the alternate and current
              screens.

      set-toolbar(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the toolbar  feature.   It
              is also invoked by the toolbar entry in mainMenu.




                                   - 145 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      set-utf8-fonts(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles  the  utf8Fonts  resource.
              It is also invoked by the utf8-fonts entry in fontMenu.

      set-utf8-mode(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the utf8 resource.  It  is
              also invoked by the utf8-mode entry in fontMenu.

      set-utf8-title(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles  the  utf8Title  resource.
              It is also invoked by the utf8-title entry in fontMenu.

      set-visibility(vt/tek,on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles whether or not the  vt  or
              tek  windows are visible.  It is also invoked from the tekshow
              and vthide entries  in  vtMenu  and  the  vtshow  and  tekhide
              entries in tekMenu.

      set-visual-bell(on/off/toggle)
              This action sets, unsets or toggles the  visualBell  resource.
              It is also invoked by the visualbell entry in vtMenu.

      set-vt-font(d/1/2/3/4/5/6/7/e/s [,normalfont [, boldfont]])
              This action sets the font or fonts currently being used in the
              VTxxx  window.   The first argument is a single character that
              specifies the font to be used:

              d or D indicate the default font (the font initially used when
                   xterm was started),

              1 through 7 indicate the fonts specified by the font1  through
                   font7 resources,

              e or E indicate the normal and bold fonts that have  been  set
                   through  escape  codes  (or  specified  as the second and
                   third action arguments, respectively), and

              s or S indicate the font selection (as made by  programs  such
                   as   xfontsel(__mansuffix__))  indicated  by  the  second
                   action argument.

               If  xterm  is  configured  to  support  wide  characters,  an
              additional  two  optional  parameters are recognized for the e
              argument: wide font and wide bold font.

      smaller-vt-font()
              Set the font to the  next  smaller  one,  based  on  the  font
              dimensions.  See also set-vt-font().




                                   - 146 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      soft-reset()
              This action resets the scrolling region.  It is  also  invoked
              from  the  softreset entry in vtMenu.  The effect is identical
              to a soft reset (DECSTR) control sequence.

      spawn-new-terminal(params)
              Spawn a new xterm process.  This is available on systems which
              have  a  modern  version  of  the  process  filesystem,  e.g.,
              "/proc", which xterm can read.

              Use the "cwd" process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/cwd  to  obtain
              the  working  directory of the process which is running in the
              current xterm.

               On  systems  which  have  the  "exe"  process  entry,   e.g.,
              /proc/12345/exe,  use  this  to  obtain the actual executable.
              Otherwise, use the $PATH variable to find xterm.

              If parameters are given in the action, pass them  to  the  new
              xterm process.

      start-cursor-extend()
              This action  is  similar  to  select-extend  except  that  the
              selection is extended to the current text cursor position.

      start-extend()
              This  action  is  similar  to  select-start  except  that  the
              selection is extended to the current pointer location.

      string(string)
              This action inserts the specified text string  as  if  it  had
              been  typed.   Quotation  is  necessary if the string contains
              whitespace or  non-alphanumeric  characters.   If  the  string
              argument begins with the characters "0x", it is interpreted as
              a hex character constant.

      tek-copy()
              This action copies the  escape  codes  used  to  generate  the
              current  window  contents  to  a file in the current directory
              beginning with the name COPY.  It is  also  invoked  from  the
              tekcopy entry in tekMenu.

      tek-page()
              This action clears the Tektronix window.  It is  also  invoked
              by the tekpage entry in tekMenu.

      tek-reset()
              This action resets the Tektronix window.  It is  also  invoked
              by the tekreset entry in tekMenu.



                                   - 147 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      vi-button()
              Handles a button event  (other  than  press  and  release)  by
              echoing  a  control  sequence  computed  from the event's line
              number in the screen relative to the current line:

                  ESC ^P

              or

                  ESC ^N

              according to whether the event is before, or after the current
              line,  respectively.  The ^N (or ^P) is repeated once for each
              line that the  event  differs  from  the  current  line.   The
              control  sequence is omitted altogether if the button event is
              on the current line.

      visual-bell()
              This action flashes the window quickly.

      The Tektronix window also has the following action:

      gin-press(l/L/m/M/r/R)
              This action sends the indicated graphics input code.

    Default Key Bindings
      The default bindings in the VTxxx window use the SELECT  token,  which
      is  set  by  the  selectToClipboard resource.  These are for the vt100
      widget:

                    Shift <KeyPress> Prior:scroll-back(1,halfpage) \n\
                     Shift <KeyPress> Next:scroll-forw(1,halfpage) \n\
                   Shift <KeyPress> Select:select-cursor-start() \
                                           select-cursor-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
                   Shift <KeyPress> Insert:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
                           Alt <Key>Return:fullscreen() \n\
                  <KeyRelease> Scroll_Lock:scroll-lock() \n\
              Shift~Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:larger-vt-font() \n\
              Shift Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:smaller-vt-font() \n\
              Shift <KeyPress> KP_Subtract:smaller-vt-font() \n\
                          ~Meta <KeyPress>:insert-seven-bit() \n\
                           Meta <KeyPress>:insert-eight-bit() \n\
                          !Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
                     !Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
           !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
               ! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
                           Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start(block) \n\
                          ~Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start() \n\
                        ~Meta <Btn1Motion>:select-extend() \n\



                                   - 148 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



                          !Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
                     !Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
           !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
               ! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
                    ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Down>:ignore() \n\
                           Meta <Btn2Down>:clear-saved-lines() \n\
                      ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
                          !Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
                     !Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
           !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
               ! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
                    ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:start-extend() \n\
                        ~Meta <Btn3Motion>:select-extend() \n\
                           Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
                      Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
            Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
                 @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
                                <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(5,line,m)     \n\
                           Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
                      Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
            Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
                 @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
                                <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(5,line,m)     \n\
                                   <BtnUp>:select-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
                               <BtnMotion>:pointer-motion() \n\
                                 <BtnDown>:pointer-button() \n\
                                   <BtnUp>:pointer-button() \n\
                                 <BtnDown>:ignore()

      The default bindings in the Tektronix window are  analogous  but  less
      extensive.  These are for the tek4014 widget:

                           ~Meta<KeyPress>: insert-seven-bit() \n\
                            Meta<KeyPress>: insert-eight-bit() \n\
                          !Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
                     !Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
           !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
                !Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
                          !Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
                     !Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
           !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
                !Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
                     Shift ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(L) \n\
                           ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(l) \n\
                     Shift ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(M) \n\
                           ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(m) \n\
                     Shift ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(R) \n\
                           ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(r)




                                   - 149 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



    Custom Key Bindings
      You can modify the translations resource by overriding parts of it, or
      merging your resources with it.

      Here is an example which uses shifted  select/paste  to  copy  to  the
      clipboard,  and  unshifted select/paste for the primary selection.  In
      each case, a (different) cut buffer is also a target or source of  the
      select/paste operation.  It is important to remember however, that cut
      buffers store data in ISO-8859-1 encoding, while selections can  store
      data  in  a  variety  of  formats and encodings.  While xterm owns the
      selection, it highlights it.  When it loses the selection, it  removes
      the  corresponding  highlight.   But  you  can  still  paste  from the
      corresponding cut buffer.

          *VT100*translations:    #override \n\
             ~Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
              Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1) \n\
             ~Shift     <BtnUp> : select-end(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
              Shift     <BtnUp> : select-end(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1)

      In the example, the class name VT100 is used rather  than  the  widget
      name.   These are different; a class name could apply to more than one
      widget.  A leading "*" is used because the widget hierarchy above  the
      vt100  widget  depends on whether the toolbar support is compiled into
      xterm.

      Most of the predefined translations are related to the mouse,  with  a
      few  that  use some of the special keys on the keyboard.  Applications
      use  special  keys  (function-keys,  cursor-keys,  keypad-keys)   with
      modifiers (shift, control, alt).  If xterm defines a translation for a
      given  combination  of  special  key  and  modifier,  that  makes   it
      unavailable   for  use  by  applications  within  the  terminal.   For
      instance, one might extend the use of Page Up and Page Down keys  seen
      here:

              Shift <KeyPress> Prior : scroll-back(1,halfpage) \n\
              Shift <KeyPress> Next  : scroll-forw(1,halfpage) \n\

      to the Home and End keys:

              Shift <KeyPress> Home : scroll-to(begin) \n\
              Shift <KeyPress> End  : scroll-to(end)

      but then  shift-Home  and  shift-End  would  then  be  unavailable  to
      applications.

      Not everyone finds the three-button mouse bindings easy to use.  In  a
      wheel mouse, the middle button might be the wheel.  As an alternative,
      you could add a binding using shifted keys:



                                   - 150 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



          *VT100*translations:      #override \n\
              Shift <Key>Home:    copy-selection(SELECT) \n\
              Shift <Key>Insert:  copy-selection(SELECT) \n\
              Ctrl Shift <Key>C:  copy-selection(SELECT) \n\
              Ctrl Shift <Key>V:  insert-selection(SELECT)

      You would still use the left- and right-mouse buttons (typically 1 and
      3) for beginning and extending selections.

      Besides mouse problems, there are  also  keyboards  with  inconvenient
      layouts.   Some  lack  a  numeric  keypad,  making  it hard to use the
      shifted keypad plus and minus  bindings  for  switching  between  font
      sizes.   You  can  work  around  that by assigning the actions to more
      readily accessed keys:

          *VT100*translations:      #override \n\
              Ctrl <Key> +:       larger-vt-font() \n\
              Ctrl <Key> -:       smaller-vt-font()

      The keymap feature allows you to switch between sets of  translations.
      The  sample  below  shows  how  the keymap() action may be used to add
      special keys for entering commonly-typed words:

          *VT100.Translations: #override <Key>F13: keymap(dbx)
          *VT100.dbxKeymap.translations: \
                  <Key>F14:       keymap(None) \n\
                  <Key>F17:       string("next") \n\
                                  string(0x0d) \n\
                  <Key>F18:       string("step") \n\
                                  string(0x0d) \n\
                  <Key>F19:       string("continue") \n\
                                  string(0x0d) \n\
                  <Key>F20:       string("print ") \n\
                                  insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0)

    Default Scrollbar Bindings
      Key bindings are normally associated with the vt100 or tek4014 widgets
      which act as terminal emulators.  Xterm's scrollbar (and toolbar if it
      is configured) are separate widgets.  Because all  of  these  use  the
      X Toolkit,  they  have  corresponding  translations  resources.  Those
      resources are  distinct,  and  match  different  patterns,  e.g.,  the
      differences  in widget-name and number of levels of widgets which they
      may contain.

      The scrollbar widget is a child of the vt100 widget.  It is positioned
      on  top of the vt100 widget.  Toggling the scrollbar on and off causes
      the vt100 widget to resize.

      The default bindings for the scrollbar widget  use  only  mouse-button



                                   - 151 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      events:

             <Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
             <Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
             <Btn2Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
             <Btn3Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \n\
             <Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \n\
             <Btn2Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
             <BtnUp>:    NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()

      Events which the scrollbar widget does not recognize at all are lost.

      However, at  startup,  xterm  augments  these  translations  with  the
      default  translations  used  for  the  vt100 widget, together with the
      resource  "actions"  which  those  translations  use.    Because   the
      scrollbar  (or  menubar)  widgets  do not recognize these actions (but
      because it has a corresponding translation), they are passed on to the
      vt100 widget.

      This augmenting of the scrollbar's translations has a few limitations:

      +   Xterm knows what the default translations are,  but  there  is  no
          suitable  library  interface for determining what customizations a
          user may have added to the vt100 widget.  All that xterm can do is
          augment  the  scrollbar  widget to give it the same starting point
          for further customization by the user.

      +   Events in the gap between the widgets may be lost.

      +   Compose sequences begun in one widget cannot be completed  in  the
          other,  because  the  input  methods  for each widget do not share
          context information.

      Most customizations of the scrollbar translations do not  concern  key
      bindings.  Rather, users are generally more interested in changing the
      bindings of the mouse buttons.  For example, some people prefer  using
      the left pointer button for dragging the scrollbar thumb.  That can be
      set up by altering the translations resource, e.g.,

          *VT100.scrollbar.translations:  #override \n\
             <Btn5Down>:     StartScroll(Forward) \n\
             <Btn1Down>:     StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
             <Btn4Down>:     StartScroll(Backward) \n\
             <Btn1Motion>:   MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
             <BtnUp>:        NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()

 CONTROL SEQUENCES AND KEYBOARD
      Applications can send sequences  of  characters  to  the  terminal  to
      change  its  behavior.   Often  they  are  referred to as "ANSI escape



                                   - 152 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      sequences" or  just  plain  "escape  sequences"  but  both  terms  are
      misleading:

      +   ANSI x3.64 (obsolete) which was replaced  by  ISO  6429  (ECMA-48)
          gave rules for the format of these sequences of characters.

      +   While  the  original  VT100  was  claimed  to  be  ANSI-compatible
          (against  x3.64), there is no freely available version of the ANSI
          standard to show where the VT100 differs.  Most of  the  documents
          which  mention  the  ANSI standard have additions not found in the
          original (such as those based on ansi.sys).   So  this  discussion
          focuses on the ISO standards.

      +   The standard describes only sequences sent from the  host  to  the
          terminal.  There is no standard for sequences sent by special keys
          from the terminal to the host.  By convention  (and  referring  to
          existing   terminals),  the  format  of  those  sequences  usually
          conforms to the host-to-terminal standard.

      +   Some of xterm's sequences do not fit  into  the  standard  scheme.
          Technically  those  are  "unspecified".  As an example, DEC Screen
          Alignment Test (DECALN) is this three-character sequence:

              ESC # 8

      +   Some sequences fit into the standard format, but are not listed in
          the  standard.   These  include  the sequences used for setting up
          scrolling margins and doing forward/reverse scrolling.

      +    Some  of  the  sequences  (in  particular,  the  single-character
          functions  such  as  tab  and backspace) do not include the escape
          character.

      With all of that in mind, the standard refers to  these  sequences  of
      characters as "control sequences".

      Xterm  Control  Sequences  lists  the  control  sequences   which   an
      application  can  send  xterm  to  make it perform various operations.
      Most of these operations are standardized,  from  either  the  DEC  or
      Tektronix  terminals,  or from more widely used standards such as ISO-
      6429.

      A few examples of usage are given in this section.

    Window and Icon Titles
      Some scripts use echo with options -e and -n  to  tell  the  shell  to
      interpret  the  string  "\e" as the escape character and to suppress a
      trailing newline on output.  Those are not portable, nor  recommended.
      Instead, use printf(1) (POSIX).



                                   - 153 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      For example, to set the window title to "Hello world!", you could  use
      one of these commands in a script:

          printf '\033]2;Hello world!\033\\'
          printf '\033]2;Hello world!\007'
          printf '\033]2;%s\033\\' "Hello world!"
          printf '\033]2;%s\007' "Hello world!"

      The printf(1) command interprets the octal value  "\033"  for  escape,
      and  (since  it  was not given in the format) omits a trailing newline
      from the output.

      Some programs (such as screen(1)) set both window- and icon-titles  at
      the same time, using a slightly different control sequence:

          printf '\033]0;Hello world!\033\\'
          printf '\033]0;Hello world!\007'
          printf '\033]0;%s\033\\' "Hello world!"
          printf '\033]0;%s\007' "Hello world!"

      The difference is the parameter "0"  in  each  command.   Most  window
      managers will honor either window title or icon title.  Some will make
      a distinction and allow you to set just the icon title.  You can  tell
      xterm  to  ask  for  this  with  a  different parameter in the control
      sequence:

          printf '\033]1;Hello world!\033\\'
          printf '\033]1;Hello world!\007'
          printf '\033]1;%s\033\\' "Hello world!"
          printf '\033]1;%s\007' "Hello world!"

    Special Keys
      Xterm, like any VT100-compatible terminal emulator, has two modes  for
      the  special  keys (cursor-keys, numeric keypad, and certain function-
      keys):

      +   normal mode,  which  makes  the  special  keys  transmit  "useful"
          sequences such as the control sequence for cursor-up when pressing
          the up-arrow, and

      +   application mode, which uses a  different  control  sequence  that
          cannot be mistaken for the "useful" sequences.

      The main  difference  between  the  two  modes  is  that  normal  mode
      sequences  start  with  CSI  (escape [) and application mode sequences
      start with SS3 (escape O).

      The terminal is initialized into one of these two modes  (usually  the
      normal mode), based on the terminal description (termcap or terminfo).



                                   - 154 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      The terminal description also has capabilities (strings)  defined  for
      the keypad mode used in curses applications.

      There is a problem in using the terminal description for  applications
      that  are  not  intended  to  be  full-screen curses applications: the
      definitions of special keys are only correct  for  this  keypad  mode.
      For  example,  some  shells  (unlike ksh(1), which appears to be hard-
      coded, not even using termcap) allow their  users  to  customize  key-
      bindings, assigning shell actions to special keys.

      +   bash(1) allows constant strings to be assigned to functions.  This
          is  only  successful if the terminal is initialized to application
          mode by default, because bash lacks flexibility in this area.   It
          uses  a  (less expressive than bash's) readline scripting language
          for setting up  key  bindings,  which  relies  upon  the  user  to
          statically  enumerate  the  possible  bindings for given values of
          $TERM.

      +   zsh(1) provides an  analogous  feature,  but  it  accepts  runtime
          expressions,  as  well as providing a $terminfo array for scripts.
          In particular, one can use  the  terminal  database,  transforming
          when  defining  a key-binding.  By transforming the output so that
          CSI and SS3 are equated, zsh can  use  the  terminal  database  to
          obtain  useful  definitions for its command-line use regardless of
          whether the terminal uses normal or  application  mode  initially.
          Here is an example:

              [[ "$terminfo[kcuu1]" == "^[O"* ]] && \
              bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kcuu1]/O/[}" \
              vi-up-line-or-history

    Changing Colors
      A few shell programs provide the ability for users to  add  color  and
      other video attributes to the shell prompt strings.  Users can do this
      by setting $PS1 (the primary prompt string).  Again, bash and zsh have
      provided  features not found in ksh.  There is a problem, however: the
      prompt's width on the screen will not necessarily be the same  as  the
      number  of  characters.   Because  there  is  no guidance in the POSIX
      standard, each shell addresses the problem in a different way:

      +   bash treats characters within "\[" and "\]" as nonprinting  (using
          no width on the screen).

      +   zsh treats characters within "%{" and "%}" as nonprinting.

      In addition to the difference in syntax, the shells provide  different
      methods for obtaining useful escape sequences:

      +   As noted in Special Keys, zsh initializes the $terminfo array with



                                   - 155 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



          the terminal capabilities.

          It also provides a function echoti which  works  like  tput(1)  to
          convert  a  terminal  capability with its parameters into a string
          that can be written to the terminal.

      +   Shells lacking a comparable feature (such as bash) can always  use
          the program tput(1) to do this transformation.

      Hard-coded escape sequences are supported by each shell, but  are  not
      recommended  because  those  rely  upon  particular configurations and
      cannot be easily moved between different user environments.

 ENVIRONMENT
      Xterm sets several environment variables.   It  also  removes  certain
      environment   variables  which  are  known  to  interfere  with  other
      applications.  For instance, it removes COLUMNS, LINES, and TERMCAP in
      configurations where those are unnecessary.

    System Independent
      Some variables are used on every system:

      DISPLAY
           is the display name, pointing to the X server (see DISPLAY  NAMES
           in X(__miscmansuffix__)).

      TERM
           is set according to the terminfo (or termcap) entry which  it  is
           using as a reference.

           On some systems, you may encounter  situations  where  the  shell
           which  you use and xterm are built using libraries with different
           terminal databases.   In  that  situation,  xterm  may  choose  a
           terminal description not known to the shell.

      WINDOWID
           is set to the X window id number of the xterm window.

      XTERM_FILTER
           is set if a locale-filter is used.  The value is the pathname  of
           the filter.

      XTERM_LOCALE
           shows the locale which was used by xterm on startup.  Some  shell
           initialization scripts may set a different locale.

      XTERM_SHELL
           is set to the pathname of the program which is invoked.   Usually
           that  is  a  shell  program,  e.g.,  /bin/sh.   Since  it  is not



                                   - 156 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           necessarily a shell program however, it is distinct from "SHELL".

      XTERM_VERSION
           is set to the string displayed by the -version option.   That  is
           normally  an  identifier for the X Window libraries used to build
           xterm, followed by xterm's  patch  number  in  parenthesis.   The
           patch  number  is also part of the response to a Secondary Device
           Attributes (DA) control sequence (see Xterm Control Sequences).

    System Dependent
      Depending on  your  system  configuration,  xterm  may  also  set  the
      following:

      COLUMNS
           the width of the xterm in characters (cf: "stty columns").

           When this variable is set, curses applications (and most terminal
           programs) will assume that the terminal has this many columns.

           Xterm would do this for systems which have no ability to tell the
           size  of  the terminal.  Those are very rare, none newer than the
           mid 1990s when SVR4 became prevalent.

      HOME
           when xterm is configured (at build-time) to update __utmp_name__.

      LINES
           the height of the xterm in characters (cf: "stty rows").

           When this variable is set, curses applications (and most terminal
           programs)  will  assume  that  the  terminal  has this many lines
           (rows).

           Xterm would do this for systems which have no ability to tell the
           size  of  the terminal.  Those are very rare, none newer than the
           mid 1990s when SVR4 became prevalent.

      LOGNAME
           when xterm is configured (at build-time) to update __utmp_name__.

           Your configuration may have set LOGNAME; xterm  does  not  modify
           that.   If  it  is  unset,  xterm  will  use  USER  if it is set.
           Finally, if neither  is  set,  xterm  will  use  the  getlogin(3)
           function.

      SHELL
           when xterm is configured (at build-time) to update __utmp_name__.
           It  is also set if you provide a valid shell name as the optional
           parameter.



                                   - 157 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           Xterm sets this to an absolute pathname.  If  you  have  set  the
           variable  to a relative pathname, xterm may set it to a different
           shell pathname.

           If you have set this to an pathname which does not correspond  to
           a valid shell, xterm may unset it, to avoid confusion.

      TERMCAP
           the contents of the termcap entry corresponding  to  $TERM,  with
           lines  and  columns values substituted for the actual size window
           you have created.

           This feature  is,  like  LINES  and  COLUMNS,  used  rarely.   It
           addresses the same limitation of a few older systems by providing
           a way for termcap-based applications to get  the  initial  screen
           size.

      TERMINFO
           may be defined to a  nonstandard  location  using  the  configure
           script.

      XCURSOR_THEME
           See cursorTheme resource.

 WINDOW PROPERTIES
      In the output from xprop(1), there are several properties.

    Properties set by X Toolkit
      WM_CLASS
           This shows the instance name and the X resource class, passed  to
           X Toolkit during initialization of xterm, e.g.,

               WM_CLASS(STRING) = "xterm", "UXTerm"

      WM_CLIENT_LEADER
           This shows the window-id which xterm provides with an environment
           variable (WINDOWID), e.g.,

               WM_CLIENT_LEADER(WINDOW): window id # 0x800023

      WM_COMMAND
           This shows the command-line arguments for xterm which are  passed
           to X Toolkit during initialization, e.g.,

               WM_COMMAND(STRING) = { "xterm", "-class", "UXTerm", "-title", "uxterm", "-u8" }

      WM_ICON_NAME
           This holds the icon title, which different window managers handle
           in   various   ways.   It  is  set  via  the  iconName  resource.



                                   - 158 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           Applications can change this using control sequences.

      WM_LOCALE_NAME
           This shows the result from  the  setlocale(3)  function  for  the
           LC_CTYPE category, e.g.,

               WM_LOCALE_NAME(STRING) = "en_US.UTF-8"

      WM_NAME
           This holds the window title,  normally  at  the  top  of  xterm's
           window.   It  is  set  via  the title resource.  Applications can
           change this using control sequences.

    Properties set by Xterm
      X Toolkit does not manage EWMH properties.  Xterm does this directly.

      _NET_WM_ICON_NAME
           stores the icon name.

      _NET_WM_NAME
           stores the title string.

      _NET_WM_PID
           stores the process identifier for xterm's display.

    Properties used by Xterm
      _NET_SUPPORTED
           Xterm checks this property on the supporting window to decide  if
           the window manager supports specific maximizing styles.  That may
           include other window manager hints;  xterm  uses  the  X  library
           calls to manage those.

      _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK
           Xterm checks this to ensure that it will  only  update  the  EWMH
           properties for a window manager which claims EWMH compliance.

      _NET_WM_STATE
           This tells xterm whether its window has  been  maximized  by  the
           window manager, and if so, what type of maximizing:

           _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN

           _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ

           _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT

 FILES
      The actual pathnames given may differ on your system.




                                   - 159 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      /etc/shells
           contains a list of valid shell programs, used by xterm to  decide
           if the "SHELL" environment variable should be set for the process
           started by xterm.

           On systems which have the getusershell function, xterm  will  use
           that  function  rather  than directly reading the file, since the
           file may not be present if the system uses default settings.

      __utmp_path__
           the system log file, which records user logins.

      __wtmp_path__
           the system log file, which records user logins and logouts.

      __apploaddir__/__default_class__
           the xterm default application resources.

      __apploaddir__/__default_class__-color
           the xterm color application resources.  If your display  supports
           color, use this

               *customization: -color

           in your .Xdefaults file to automatically use this  resource  file
           rather  than  __apploaddir__/__default_class__.  If you do not do
           this, xterm uses its compiled-in default  resource  settings  for
           colors.

      __pixmapsdir__
           the directory in which xterm's pixmap icon files are installed.

 ERROR MESSAGES
      Most of the fatal error messages from xterm use the following format:

          xterm: Error XXX, errno YYY: ZZZ

      The XXX codes (which are used by xterm as its  exit-code)  are  listed
      below, with a brief explanation.

      1    ERROR_MISC
           miscellaneous errors, usually accompanied by a specific message,

      11   ERROR_FIONBIO
           main: ioctl() failed on FIONBIO

      12   ERROR_F_GETFL
           main: ioctl() failed on F_GETFL




                                   - 160 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      13   ERROR_F_SETFL
           main: ioctl() failed on F_SETFL

      14   ERROR_OPDEVTTY
           spawn: open() failed on /dev/tty

      15   ERROR_TIOCGETP
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCGETP

      17   ERROR_PTSNAME
           spawn: ptsname() failed

      18   ERROR_OPPTSNAME
           spawn: open() failed on ptsname

      19   ERROR_PTEM
           spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ptem"

      20   ERROR_CONSEM
           spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"consem"

      21   ERROR_LDTERM
           spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ldterm"

      22   ERROR_TTCOMPAT
           spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ttcompat"

      23   ERROR_TIOCSETP
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETP

      24   ERROR_TIOCSETC
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETC

      25   ERROR_TIOCSETD
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETD

      26   ERROR_TIOCSLTC
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSLTC

      27   ERROR_TIOCLSET
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCLSET

      28   ERROR_INIGROUPS
           spawn: initgroups() failed

      29   ERROR_FORK
           spawn: fork() failed

      30   ERROR_EXEC



                                   - 161 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



           spawn: exec() failed

      32   ERROR_PTYS
           get_pty: not enough ptys

      34   ERROR_PTY_EXEC
           waiting for initial map

      35   ERROR_SETUID
           spawn: setuid() failed

      36   ERROR_INIT
           spawn: can't initialize window

      46   ERROR_TIOCKSET
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSET

      47   ERROR_TIOCKSETC
           spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSETC

      49   ERROR_LUMALLOC
           luit: command-line malloc failed

      50   ERROR_SELECT
           in_put: select() failed

      54   ERROR_VINIT
           VTInit: can't initialize window

      57   ERROR_KMMALLOC1
           HandleKeymapChange: malloc failed

      60   ERROR_TSELECT
           Tinput: select() failed

      64   ERROR_TINIT
           TekInit: can't initialize window

      71   ERROR_BMALLOC2
           SaltTextAway: malloc() failed

      80   ERROR_LOGEXEC
           StartLog: exec() failed

      83   ERROR_XERROR
           xerror: XError event

      84   ERROR_XIOERROR
           xioerror: X I/O error



                                   - 162 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



      85   ERROR_ICEERROR
           ICE I/O error

      90   ERROR_SCALLOC
           Alloc: calloc() failed on base

      91   ERROR_SCALLOC2
           Alloc: calloc() failed on rows

      102  ERROR_SAVE_PTR
           ScrnPointers: malloc/realloc() failed

 BUGS
      Large pastes do not work on some systems.  This is not a bug in xterm;
      it  is  a  bug  in the pseudo terminal driver of those systems.  Xterm
      feeds large pastes to the pty only as fast  as  the  pty  will  accept
      data, but some pty drivers do not return enough information to know if
      the write has succeeded.

      When connected to an input method, it is possible for xterm to hang if
      the XIM server is suspended or killed.

      Many of the options are not resettable after xterm starts.

      This program still needs to be rewritten.  It  should  be  split  into
      very  modular  sections,  with  the various emulators being completely
      separate widgets that do not know about each  other.   Ideally,  you'd
      like  to  be  able  to pick and choose emulator widgets and stick them
      into a single control widget.

      There needs to be a dialog box to allow entry of  the  Tek  COPY  file
      name.

 AUTHORS
      Far too many people.

      These contributed to the X Consortium: Loretta Guarino Reid  (DEC-UEG-
      WSL),  Joel  McCormack  (DEC-UEG-WSL),  Terry  Weissman (DEC-UEG-WSL),
      Edward Moy (Berkeley), Ralph R. Swick (MIT-Athena),  Mark  Vandevoorde
      (MIT-Athena),  Bob  McNamara  (DEC-MAD),  Jim Gettys (MIT-Athena), Bob
      Scheifler  (MIT  X  Consortium),  Doug  Mink  (SAO),  Steve   Pitschke
      (Stellar),  Ron  Newman  (MIT-Athena),  Jim Fulton (MIT X Consortium),
      Dave Serisky (HP), Jonathan Kamens (MIT-Athena).

      Beginning with XFree86, there were far more identifiable contributors.
      The  THANKS  file  in  xterm's source lists 243 in June 2022.  Keep in
      mind these: Jason Bacon, Jens Schweikhardt,  Ross  Combs,  Stephen  P.
      Wall, David Wexelblat, and Thomas Dickey (invisible-island.net).




                                   - 163 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025






 XTERM(1)                      __app_version__                      XTERM(1)
 X Window System                                             X Window System

                                __app_date__



 SEE ALSO
      resize(__mansuffix__), luit(__mansuffix__), uxterm(__mansuffix__),
      X(__miscmansuffix__), Xcursor(__miscmansuffix__), pty(4), tty(4)

      Xterm Control Sequences (this is the file ctlseqs.ms).

          https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
          https://invisible-island.net/xterm/manpage/xterm.html
          https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html
          https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.faq.html
          https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.log.html

      X Toolkit Intrinsics  C Language Interface (Xt),
      Joel McCormack, Paul Asente, Ralph R. Swick (1994),
      Thomas E. Dickey (2019).

      Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual (ICCCM),
      David Rosenthal and Stuart W. Marks (version 2.0, 1994).

      Extended Window Manager Hints (EWMH),
      X Desktop Group (version 1.3, 2005).

      EWMH uses  UTF8_STRING  pervasively  without  defining  it,  but  does
      mention  the  ICCCM.  Version 2.0 of the ICCCM does not address UTF-8.
      That is an extension added in XFree86.

      +    Markus  Kuhn  summarized  this  in  UTF-8  and  Unicode  FAQ  for
          Unix/Linux (2001), in the section "Is X11 ready for Unicode?"

          https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html

      +   Juliusz Chroboczek proposed  the  UTF8_STRING  selection  atom  in
          1999/2000, which became part of the ICCCM in XFree86.

          https://www.irif.fr/~jch/software/UTF8_STRING/

          An Xorg developer removed that part of the documentation  in  2004
          when incorporating other work from XFree86 into Xorg.  The feature
          is still supported in Xorg, though undocumented as of 2019.













                                   - 164 -      Formatted:  October 26, 2025